Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

med+rem

  • 21 simul

    sĭmŭl (ante-class. also sĕmŭl, Plaut. Trin. prol. p. 97 Ritschl; v. infra; and sĕmŏl, C. I. L. 1175 fin.; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 96; cf. also simitu. The final l of simul was scarcely pronounced in the vulg. lang., and in comic poetry does not make position with an initial consonant following; v. Corss. Ausspr. 2, p. 643 sq.; Lorenz ad Plaut. Ps. 567), adv. [Sanscr. sama-; Gr. hama, homos]; cf. semel, = eodem tempore, una, at the same time, together, at once, as soon as.
    I.
    Referring, as temporal adverb, to plural nouns of the same sentence, and representing persons or things as acting, happening, etc., simultaneously.
    1.
    After a plural subject:

    hunc ambo in saxo semul sedent ejecti,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 72:

    multa concurrunt simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 31:

    (duo homines) simul cenare voluerunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 4, 14:

    Zmyrnae cum simul essemus compluris dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    tres simul soles effulserunt,

    Liv. 41, 21 fin.:

    tria simul agmina populabantur Indos,

    Curt. 9, 10, 7:

    duo simul hujusmodi personae Ciceroni obstiterunt,

    Quint. 11, 1, 69:

    Othonem multa simul exstimulabant,

    Tac. H. 1, 21; Cic. Fam. 9, 1, 2; id. Att. 5, 10, 5; Liv. 21, 33, 3; 41, 2 init.; Curt. 4, 15, 22.—Sometimes the logical subject is understood:

    multos modios salis simul (i. e. amicis) edendos esse,

    Cic. Lael. 19, 67.—Sometimes both the subject and predicate are understood:

    quare si simul (i. e. nos agere) placebit,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 19, 2.—
    2.
    With a plur. object:

    (Alcumena) uno partu duos peperit semul,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 8:

    duas res simul nunc agere decretum'st mihi,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 1:

    si duos consules simul ex Italia ejectos... res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    ambo cum simul conspicimus,

    Liv. 40, 46 init.:

    simul omnibus portis erupit,

    id. 40, 48 fin.; cf. Auct. Her. 3, 12, 22; Liv. 8, 37, 5; 21, 60; 40, 30; 42, 7; Curt. 5, 9, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 76; 10, 3, 23; 10, 7, 16.—So with singular implying a plural:

    tota (urbs) simul exsurgere aedificiis coepit,

    Liv. 6, 4, 6:

    totam simul causam ponit ante oculos,

    Quint. 6, 1, 1.—After an adverb. implying a plural noun:

    igitur undique simul (i. e. ex omnibus locis simul) speculatores citi sese ostendunt,

    Sall. J. 101, 1.—
    3.
    Referring [p. 1703] to plural attributes:

    omnium simul rerum... discrimine proposito,

    Liv. 6, 35, 6:

    multarum simul civitatium legati Romam convenerunt,

    id. 43, 6, 1.—
    4.
    Referring to an attributive participle understood:

    multitudo plurium simul gentium (= simul eodem loco versantium),

    Liv. 44, 45:

    trium simul bellorum victor (= eodem tempore gestorum),

    id. 6, 4, 1:

    inter duo simul bella,

    id. 7, 27, 7:

    tot simul malis victi,

    Curt. 4, 4, 12.
    II.
    Referring to nouns, etc., connected by the preposition cum: simul cum = una cum (v. una, s. v. unus), together with:

    novi (illum) cum Calcha semul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 48:

    jube in urbem veniat jam tecum semul,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26:

    qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul?

    id. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    me misisti ad portum cum luci semul,

    id. Stich. 2, 2, 40:

    quae (amicitia) incepta a parvis cum aetate adcrevit simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7:

    simul consilium cum re amisti?

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 10:

    Critolaum simul cum Diogene venisse commemoras,

    Cic. Or. 2, 38, 100:

    Hortensius tecum simul pro Appio Claudio dixit,

    id. Brut. 64, 230:

    cum corporibus simul animos interire,

    id. Lael. 4, 13:

    vobiscum simul considerantis,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:

    testamentum Cyri simul obsignavi cum Clodio,

    id. Mil. 18, 48:

    simul cum lege Aelia magistratum iniit,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    simul cum lumine pandit,

    id. Arat. 704 (452):

    simul cum moribus immutatur fortuna,

    Sall. C. 2, 5:

    cum anima simul,

    id. ib. 33, 4:

    simul cum occasu solis,

    id. J. 91, 2:

    simul cum dono designavit templi finis,

    Liv. 1, 10, 5:

    si (dictator) se (Fabium) simul cum gloria rei gestae extinxisset,

    id. 8, 31, 7:

    ut cresceret simul et neglegentia cum audacia hosti,

    id. 31, 36, 7; cf. Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 136; id. Aul. 4, 4, 28; id. Bacch. 4, 1, 5; id. Cist. 4, 2, 105; id. Ep. 1, 1, 39; id. Men. prol. 27; 2, 3, 54; 5, 1, 36; id. Merc. 2, 1, 31; id. Most. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Ac. 1, 1, 13; id. Tusc. 3, 18, 40; id. de Or. 2, 33, 142; 3, 3, 10; id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Sest. 22, 50; id. Fam. 15, 4, 8; Liv. 1, 31, 3; Nep. 3, 2; 11, 3; 18, 3; 23, 6; Quint. 11, 3, 65; Hor. Epod. 1, 8; id. S. 1, 1, 58.—Strengthened by una:

    quippe omnes semul didicimus tecum una,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 1, 50; cf. id. Most. 4, 3, 43.—With ellipsis of mecum:

    qui scribis morderi te interdum quod non simul sis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 8.—Freq. cum eo (eis, etc.) must be supplied after simul, likewise, together with him, them, etc.:

    in vigiliam quando ibat miles, tum tu ibas semul (i. e. cum eo)?

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 86:

    cum simul P. Rutilius venisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17:

    hos qui simul erant missi, fallere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 38, 110:

    prae metu ne simul (i. e. cum iis) Romanus irrumperet,

    Liv. 5, 13, 13:

    extra turbam ordinem conlocuntur semul (i. e. inter se),

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 180; Cic. Pis. 34, 84; Liv. 6, 11, 5; Curt. 8, 13, 3.—Simul with abl. alone = cum with abl. ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose; cf. Gr. hama with dat.):

    simul his,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 86:

    quippe simul nobis habitat,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 29:

    his simul,

    Sil. 3, 268:

    Magnetibus simul transmissi,

    Tac. A. 4, 55:

    quindecimviri septemviris simul,

    id. ib. 3, 64; cf. id. ib. 6, 9; Sil. 5, 418; Sen. Troad. 1049.
    III.
    Referring to a preceding adverb. clause, at the same time, i.e. as that of the action described:

    juris ubi dicitur dies, simul patronis dicitur,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 17:

    quamquam ego vinum bibo, at mandata hau consuevi semul bibere una (= bibere quom vinum bibo, una cum vino),

    id. Pers. 2, 1, 3:

    quando nihil sit (quod det), semul amare desinat,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 73 Fleck.:

    ubi res prolatae sunt, quom rus homines eunt, semul prolatae res sunt nostris dentibus,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 10; id. Ps. 4, 7, 84; cf.:

    domum numquam introibis, nisi feres pallam simul (i. e. cum introibis),

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 104.
    IV.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate terms or facts representing these as simultaneous, and at the same time, and also, both... and ( at once), together.
    1.
    Referring to co-ordinate terms of the same sentence.
    a.
    Simul preceding all the coordinate terms which are connected by et, ac, atque, que, or by et... et (freq. in the histt.):

    semul flere sorbereque haud facile est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 104:

    Q. Hortensi ingenium simul aspectum et probatum est,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 228: Bomilcar, simul cupidus incepta patrandi, et timore socii anxius, Sall. J. 70, 5:

    dicenti lacrimae simul spiritum et vocem intercluserunt,

    Liv. 40, 16 init.:

    quae simul auxilio tribunicio et consensu plebis impediri coepta,

    id. 6, 27, 9:

    Lycios sub Rhodiorum simul imperio et tutela esse,

    id. 41, 6 fin.:

    Priverni qui simul a Fundanis ac Romanis defecerunt,

    id. 8, 19, 11:

    simul divinae humanaeque spei pleni pugnam poscunt,

    id. 10, 40, 1:

    eximio simul honoribus atque virtutibus,

    id. 6, 11, 3:

    obruit animum simul luctus metusque,

    id. 42, 28; 5, 26, 10; Val. Max. 5, 2, 6:

    simul ipsum Vitellium contemnebant metuebantque,

    Tac. H. 2, 92; cf. Liv. 3, 38, 12; 3, 50, 12; 5, 7, 3; 6, 18, 5; 6, 33, 9; 6, 40, 4; 9, 12, 4; 27, 51, 12; Caes. B. G. 7, 48; Curt. 5, 4, 30; Sen. Q. N. 2, 54, 2.—So with three or more co-ordinate terms, either all connected by et, Caes. B. G. 4, 24, 2; Quint. 1, 12, 3; 10, 7, 23;

    or asyndetic: nunc simul res, fides, fama, virtus, decus deseruerunt,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 60.—
    b.
    Simul after all the coordinate terms (mostly ante-class.):

    nunc operam potestis ambo mihi dare et vobis simul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 40:

    faxo et operam et vinum perdiderit simul,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 42:

    ut si quis sacrilegii et homicidii simul accusetur,

    Quint. 12, 1, 4; cf. Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 92; id. Men. 3, 3, 16; Mart. 11, 58, 10.—
    c.
    Simul after the first of the co-ordinate terms (so not in Cic.):

    convenit regnum simul atque locos ut haberet,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 6, fr. 3:

    oculis simul ac mente turbatum,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quod ubi auditum simul visumque est,

    id. 8, 39, 7:

    pulvere simul ac sudore perfusum,

    Curt. 3, 5, 2:

    terrestri simul navalique clade,

    id. 4, 3, 14:

    vota nuncupabantur simul et solvebantur,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    qui ima simul ac summa foveret aequaliter,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 25; cf. Liv. 4, 32, 12; Curt. 3, 8, 23; 6, 5, 19; 8, 5, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 30.—In post-Aug. prose without any temporal idea, = as well as:

    populi Romani facta simul ac dicta memoratu digna... deligere constitui,

    Val. Max. 1 prol.; so id. 1, 1, 9.—
    d.
    Placed before the last term.
    (α).
    Simul et (= simul etiam), and at the same time, and also:

    Jugurtha, postquam oppidum Capsam aliosque locos munitos, simul et magnam pecuniam amiserat,

    Sall. J. 97, 1:

    Marium fatigantem de profectione, simul et invisum et offensum,

    id. ib. 73, 2:

    Marius hortandi causa, simul et nobilitatem exagitandi, contionem advocavit,

    id. ib. 84, 5:

    milites modesto imperio habiti, simul et locupletes,

    id. ib. 92, 2:

    Perseus cum adventu consulis, simul et veris principio strepere omnia cerneret,

    Liv. 44, 34 fin.; cf. Hor. C. 1, 20, 6.—
    (β).
    Simulque (rare):

    ut (materia) fragilis incumberet, simulque terra umore diluta,

    Curt. 8, 10, 25.—
    (γ).
    Simul, without any conjunction (so in Cic., but only poet.):

    Neptuno grates habeo et tempestatibus, semul Mercurio qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 3:

    Electra Stereopeque, simul sanctissima Maja,

    Cic. Arat. 270 (36):

    inter solis iter, simul inter flamina venti,

    id. ib. 342 (101):

    ambiguus consilii, num Dyrrhachium pedite atque equite, simul longis navibus mare clauderet,

    Tac. H. 2, 83. —
    e.
    Inserted in the last term ( poet.):

    memor Actae non alio rege puertiae, Mutataeque simul togae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 9;

    interea Maecenas advenit atque Coccejus, Capitoque simul Fontejus,

    id. S. 1, 5, 32.—
    2.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate clauses or sentences.
    a.
    Et simul or simulque:

    contundam facta Talthybi, contem namque omnes nuntios, semulque cursuram meditabor ad ludos Olympios,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 34:

    eamus, et de istac simul consilium volo capere una tecum,

    i. e. while going, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 65:

    quod... et simul quia,

    Lucr. 5, 1181:

    ratio Ecquaenam fuerit origo... et simul ecquae sit finis, etc.,

    id. 5, 1213:

    sed iidem illi ita mecum loquuntur... et simul admonent quiddam quod cavebimus, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 28:

    ex tuis litteris cognovi festinationem tuam, et simul sum admiratus cur, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 8, 1:

    emergit Nixi caput, et simul effert sese clara Fides et, etc.,

    id. Arat. 713 (460):

    postquam Rutilium consedisse accepit, simulque ex Jugurthae proelio clamorem augeri,

    Sall. J. 52, 6:

    equites ex equis desiliunt, simulque et hosti se opponunt, et animos peditum accendunt,

    Liv. 3, 62, 8:

    tum rigere omnibus corpora... et simul lassitudine et... fame etiam deficere,

    id. 21, 54, 9; 41, 3; Cic. Arat. 504 (259); 545 (299); Curt. 4, 2, 21; Quint. 2, 5, 13.—
    b.
    Simul with autem or enim, introducing the second sentence:

    salve! simul autem vale!

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1: augeamus sane suspicionem tuam;

    simul enim augebimus diligentiam,

    Cic. Marc. 7, 22.—
    c.
    Simul preceding co-ordinate sentences, generally connected by et... et, but also by a single copulative conjunction:

    simul enim et rei publicae consules, et propones ei exempla ad imitandum,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 2, 5:

    illa autem altera ratio quae simul et opinionem falsam tollit, et aegritudinem detrahit,

    id. Tusc. 4, 28, 60:

    simul et inopiam frumenti lenire, et ignaris omnibus parare,

    Sall. J. 91, 1:

    nullus portus erat qui simul et omnis onerarias caperet, et tecta legionibus praeberet,

    Liv. 32, 18, 3:

    simul et cohors invasit, et ex omnibus oppidi partibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 3: simul Metelli imagines dereptae, et missi qui Antonio nuntiarent. Tac. H. 3, 13; cf. Suet. Caes. 57.—
    3.
    Referring to co-ordinate clauses introduced by subordinating conjunctions:

    Mnesilochum ut requiram atque ut eum mecum ad te adducam semul,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 2:

    tantum faciam ut notam apponam... et simul significem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 6, 2:

    quod eo liberius ad te seribo, quia nostrae laudi favisti, simulque quod video non novitati esse invisum meae,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 8; 7, 10, 3.—If used in connecting dependent clauses, simul often stands for a co-ordinating conjunction; v. VI. infra.
    V.
    Introducing an independent sentence, at the same time, also, likewise (cf.: itaque, igitur, deinde, tum, etc.).
    1.
    Simul alone:

    ego Tiresiam consulam quid faciundum censeat: semul hanc rem ut facta est eloquar,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 77:

    sequimini! simul circumspicite ne quis adsit arbiter,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 1:

    alterum ipse efficiam ut attente audiatis. Simul illud oro: si, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10:

    hoc proprium virtutis existimant... simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    Valerio Samnitium legiones occurrunt... simul in Campanos stimulabat ira,

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    tibi (Apollo) decimam partem praedae voveo. Te simul, Juno, precor ut, etc.,

    id. 5, 21, 3.—
    2.
    More freq. simul et (= etiam):

    quia videbitur Magis verisimile id esse... simul et conficiam facilius ego quod volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 55:

    nolite committere ut in re tam inveterata quidquam novi sentiatis. Simul et illa omnia ante oculos vestros proponite, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    demonstravi haec Caecilio. Simul et illud ostendi, me ei satisfacturum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 4:

    legati jam reverterant... simul venerant et ab rege Perseo oratores qui, etc.,

    Liv. 41, 19 med.:

    ipse ad Sycurium progressus, opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit. Simul et frumentari passim exercitum jubet,

    id. 42, 54 fin.; cf. Plaut. Stich. 5, 5, 14; Cic. Or. 2, 85, 349; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 12, § 34; id. Prov. Cons. 15, 36; id. Balb. 25, 56; id. Arat. 618 (372); 628 (382); 707 (454); 721 (468); Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 6, 8; Sall. C. 30, 2; id. J. 100, 3; Liv. 8, 9, 13; 8, 32, 5; 10, 3, 2; 40, 32; 4, 49, 3; Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 52; 2, 53; 3, 15; 3, 18; 3, 20; 3, 29; 3, 42; 3, 82.
    VI.
    Simul itself stands as co-ordinating conjunction, to connect dependent clauses represented as contemporaneous, and at the same time, and also (not ante-class.; rare in Cic.;

    freq. in the histt.): ei Verres possessionem negat se daturum, ne posset patronum suum juvare, simul ut esset poena quod, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 124:

    omnes vocat ad diripiendos Eburones, ut potius Gallorum vita quam legionarius miles periclitetur, simul ut... pro tali facinore stirps et nomen civitatis tollatur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34: quippe foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat;

    simul quia boni complures praesidium in eo putabant,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    cujus de virtute, quia multi dixere, praetereundum puto, simul ne per insolentiam quis existumet memet studium meum laudando extollere,

    id. J. 4, 2:

    nihil horum... discere cum cerneret posse, simul et tirocinio et perturbatione juvenis moveretur, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 47:

    a sermone Graeco puerum incipere malo, quia Latinum vel nobis nolentibus perhibet, simul quia disciplinis quoque Graecis prius instruendus est,

    Quint. 1, 1, 12; Sall. J. 20, 1; Liv. 39, 33, 1; 8, 6, 11; Caes. B. C. 43, 2; Sall. C. 20, 3; 56, 5; Liv. 3, 50, 10; 40, 36 init.; Tac. H. 1, [p. 1704] 70;

    2, 15.—So, connecting participial expressions or adverbial phrases with dependent clauses: his amicis confisus Catilina, simul quod aes alienum ingens erat, et quod... opprimendae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4:

    hi, quod res in invidia erat, simul et ab Numidis obsecrati,

    id. J. 25, 5:

    ob eam iram, simul ut praeda militem aleret, duo milia peditum... populari agrum jussit,

    Liv. 21, 52, 5; 3, 66, 3:

    equites praemisit speculatum, simul ut ignem exstinguerent,

    Curt. 4, 10, 11:

    Otho, quamquam turbidis rebus, etc., simul reputans non posse, etc.,

    Tac. H. 1, 83 init.:

    committere igitur eum (locum) non fidelissimis sociis noluit, simul quod ab illa parte urbis navibus aditus ex alto est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 32, § 84; Liv. 9, 2, 5; Tac. H. 1, 70 fin.; 2, 28; 2, 30.
    VII.
    Simul. as co-ordinating conjunction, is frequently placed before each of the co-ordinate terms (simul... simul = hama men... hama de), partly... partly; not only... but at the same time (not anteAug.).
    1.
    With independent clauses:

    simul castra oppugnabantur, simul pars exercitus ad populandum agrum Romanum missa,

    Liv. 3, 5, 2:

    accolas Hannibal simul perlicit ad naves fabricandas, simul et ipsi traici exercitum cupiebant,

    id. 21, 26, 7:

    ab his simul custodes trucidari coepti, simul datum signum armatis ut ex insidiis concurrerent,

    id. 9, 25, 8:

    simul gratias agit, simul gratulatur quod, etc.,

    Curt. 6, 7, 15; cf. Verg. A. 1, 631 sq.; 2, 220 sqq.; 12, 268; Liv. 1, 9, 5.—
    2.
    With dependent clauses:

    venit ad quaerendum, simul quod non deducerent praesidia, simul quod in Bithyniam auxilia missi forent,

    Liv. 39, 46 fin.:

    Perseus cum audisset, simul Meliboeam a consulis exercitu oppugnari, simul classem Iolci stare,

    id. 44, 13 init.:

    consul ad Phylan ducit, simul ut praesidium firmaret, simul ut militi frumentum divideret,

    id. 44, 8, 1:

    simul questi... simul nuntiantes,

    id. 42, 46:

    plus quam imponebatur oneris recepi, simul ut pleniore obsequio demererer amantissimos mei, simul ne... alienis vestigiis insisterem, Quint. prooem. 3.—Rarely connecting a dependent clause with an independent sentence: Athenas ierant, simul ut pro legatione praemio esset honos, simul peritos legum peregrinarum ad condenda nova jura usui fore credebant,

    Liv. 3, 35, 5; cf. Verg. A. 12, 758.—
    3.
    Co-ordinating dependent clauses with adverbial phrases:

    Germani frequenter in castra venerunt, simul sui purgandi causa, simul ut de induciis impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 13:

    Philippus, simul ne ocio miles deterior fieret, simul avertendae suspicionis causa... in Maedicam ducere pergit,

    Liv. 40, 21, 1. —
    4.
    Connecting single nouns or phrases belonging to the same predicate:

    cum simul fragor rupti pontis, simul clamor Romanorum impetum sustinuit,

    Liv. 2, 10, 10:

    ad se simul legatos, simul milites missos,

    id. 42, 52 med.:

    et Romae simul dilectu, simul tributo conferendo laboratum est,

    id. 5, 10, 3:

    increpando simul temeritatem, simul ignaviam,

    id. 2, 65, 4:

    tum vero si mul ab hostibus, simul ab iniquitate loco rum Poeni oppugnabantur,

    id. 21, 33, 5:

    inter simul complorationem feminarum, simul nefandam caedem,

    id. 41, 11:

    simul a mari, simul a terra ingredienti,

    id. 44, 12 med.; cf. Tac. A. 1, 49; 14, 40; id. Agr. 25; 36; 41; Verg. G. 3, 201; id. A. 1, 513; Hor. S. 2, 2, 73.
    VIII.
    Simul, in connection with ac, atque (also written in one word,

    sĭmŭlac

    , sĭmŭlatque), rarely with ut, and very rarely with et, is used as subordinating, temporal conjunction, as soon as. For simulac, etc., simul alone is freq.
    1.
    Simul ac: simul ac lacrimas de ore noegeo (i. e. candido) detersit, Liv. And. ap. Fest. p. 174 Mull.:

    Demenaetum simul ac conspexero hodie,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 73:

    non simul ac se ipse commovit, sensit quid intersit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    si simul ac procul conspexit armatos, recessisset,

    id. Caecil. 16, 46:

    dicebam, simul ac timere desisses, similem te futurum tui,

    id. Phil. 2, 35, 89:

    Alcibiades, simul ac se remiserat, dissolutus reperiebatur,

    Nep. Alcib. 1. 4:

    at mihi plaudo Ipse domi, simul ac nummos contemplor in arca,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 67; cf. Cic. N. D. 1, 38, 108; id. Fam. 15, 16, 2; id. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 2, 19, § 46; id. Or. 2, 27, 117; Verg. A. 4, 90; 12, 222; Ov. M. 2, 167; Hor. S. 1, 2, 33; 1, 4, 119; 1, 8, 21.—Strengthened by primum (= ut primum):

    simul ac primum ei occasio visa est, quaestor consulem deseruit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34; so id. ib. 2, 1, 52, § 138; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 30; id. Ner. 43.—
    2.
    Simul atque:

    L. Clodius, simul atque introductus est, rem conficit,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 40:

    simul atque increpuit suspicio tumultus, artes ilico nostrae conticescunt,

    id. Mur. 10, 22:

    simul atque audivit ejus interitum, suo Marte res suas recuperavit,

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 95:

    simul atque enim se infiexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. Rep. 2, 26, 49:

    simul atque sibi hic adnuisset, numeraturum se dicebat,

    id. Quint. 5, 18:

    qui, simul atque in oppidum venerat, inmittebantur illi continuo Cibyratici canes,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    simul atque de Caesaris adventu cognitum est,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 3, 3; cf. Cic. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 8, 10, 31; Suet. Caes. 29; id. Galb. 7.—
    3.
    Simul ut (v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33):

    simul ut experrecti sumus, visa illa contemnimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    simul ut accepi a Seleuco litteras tuas, statim quaesivi, etc.,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    nostros omnia consequi potuisse, simul ut velle coepissent,

    id. Tusc. 4, 2, 5; id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 3 (6, 2):

    simul ut, qui sint professi, videro, dicam,

    id. Planc. 6, 14; id. Att. 10, 4, 12:

    nam simul ut supero se totum lumine Cancer extulit, extemplo cedit delapsa Corona,

    id. Arat. 596 (349).—
    4.
    Simul et:

    simul et quid erit certi, scribam ad te,

    Cic. Att. 2, 20, 2:

    ego ad te statim habebo quod scribam, simul et videro Curionem,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 12:

    quam accepi simul et in Cumanum veni,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 4; 16, 11, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 3. In all these passages the Cod. Med. has simul et, which the editors variously changed into simulatque, simulac, simul ut, simul; so,

    omne animal simul et ortum est, se ipsum diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33, where the vulg. has simul ut, and Madv. reads simul [et] ortum.—
    5.
    Simul ubi:

    quod simul ubi conspexit, equites emisit,

    Liv. 4, 18, 7 dub. Weissenb. ad loc.—
    6.
    Simul alone, = simul atque:

    simul herbae inceperint nasci,

    Cato, R. R. 48:

    hic simul argentum repperit, cura sese expedivit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 4: simul limen intrabo, illi extrabunt illico, Afran. ap. Non. 104, 21 (Com. Rel. v. 5 Rib.):

    simul inflavit tibicen, a perito carmen agnoscitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 27, 86:

    nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, in hostes impetum fecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    simul increpuere arma, hostis pedem rettulit,

    Liv. 6, 24, 1; cf. Cic. Tusc. 4, 6, 12; id. Fin. 3, 6, 21; id. Arat. 594 (349); Caes. B. C. 1, 30, 3; Liv. 3, 62, 6; 4, 18, 6; 4, 31, 5; 4, 32, 6; 5, 25, 11; 8, 32, 2; 21, 55, 9; 44, 8 med.; 44, 19; 44, 44 fin.; Curt. 3, 11, 4; Phaedr. 3, 16, 16; Hor. C. 1, 12, 27; 3, 4, 37; Verg. G. 4, 232; Ov. F. 1, 567.—Strengthened by primum:

    simul primum magistratio abiit, dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    simul primum anni tempus navigabile praebuisset mare,

    id. 35, 44, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.; Suet. Caes. 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > simul

  • 22 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 23 teneo

    tĕnĕo, tĕnŭi, tentum, 2 ( perf. subj. tetinerim, Pac. ap. Non. 178, 15:

    tetinerit,

    Att. ib. 178, 12:

    tetinisse,

    Pac. ib. 178, 11; fut. perf. tetinero, acc. to Fest. p. 252 Müll. Another collat. form of the perf. tenivi, acc. to Charis. p. 220 P.; Diom. pp. 363 and 369 ib.), v. a. and n. [root ten-, tan-; Gr. tanumai, teinô; Sanscr. tanomi, to stretch, spread; this root appears in many derived meanings; cf. Lat.: tendo, tenuis, tener, tenor, tenus].
    I.
    Act., to hold, keep, have in the hand, in the mouth, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    In gen.: Eu. Porrige bracchium, prehende: jam tenes? Cha. Teneo. Eu. Tene, Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 42; cf.

    argentum,

    id. Pers. 3, 3, 9:

    cum pyxidem teneret in manu,

    Cic. Cael. 26, 63;

    for which: aliquid manu,

    Quint. 10, 7, 31; Ov. M. 11, 560; id. A. A. 1, 320; Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 34:

    aliquid dextrā,

    Ov. F. 1, 99:

    digitis,

    id. ib. 2, 102; id. M. 9, 86; 9, 522:

    lacertis,

    id. ib. 2, 100 al.:

    radicem ore,

    Cic. Div. 2, 68, 141:

    cibum ore,

    Phaedr. 1, 4, 6;

    for which: decoctum diu in ore,

    Plin. 25, 13, 105, § 166:

    aliquem in sinu,

    Ov. H. 3, 114;

    for which: aliquem sinu,

    id. ib. 13, 157:

    flabellulum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 50:

    facem,

    Verg. A. 6, 224:

    telum,

    Liv. 2, 19. — Prov.: manu tenere aliquid, to seize, grasp, or comprehend a thing which is palpable or evident: aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias: leges, quātenus manu tenere possunt;

    philosophi, quātenus ratione et intellegentiā,

    Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; cf.:

    cum res non conjecturā, sed oculis ac manibus teneretur,

    id. Clu. 7, 20. —
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    With the accessory idea of possession, to hold, i. e. to be master of, have in one ' s power, possess, etc. (syn.:

    possideo, habeo): multa hereditatibus, multa emptionibus, multa dotibus tenebantur sine injuriā,

    Cic. Off. 2, 23, 81:

    quae tenuit dives Achaemenes,

    Hor. C. 2, 12, 21:

    Evander qui multis ante tempestatibus tenuerat loca,

    Liv. 1, 5:

    provinciam a praedonibus liberam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 11, 32:

    colles praesidiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 43:

    Formiarum moenia et Lirim,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 8:

    tenente Caesare terras,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 15:

    rem publicam,

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83; id. Sest. 19, 44:

    summam imperii,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 22:

    equitum centurias,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3:

    alterum cornu,

    to command, Nep. Pelop. 4, 3:

    provincias aliaque omnia,

    Sall. C. 39, 2: scenam, to have sole possession of. [p. 1854] rule over, Suet. Tit. 7. —

    Of the possession of the object of affection: te tenet,

    Tib. 1, 6, 35; 2, 6, 52; Verg. E. 1, 32; Ov. H. 2, 103 Ruhnk.; 15, 88; id. Am. 3, 7, 3; Phaedr. 2, 2, 4.—In colloq. lang., teneo te, I have you once more, of again seeing the beloved person:

    teneone te, Antiphila, maxime animo exoptata meo?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 27 Ruhnk.; Sen. Ben. 7, 4; Ov. H. 18, 183; cf.:

    et comitem Aenean juxta natumque tenebat Ingrediens,

    Verg. A. 8, 308.—Also like our I have you (fast, bound, etc.):

    teneo te, inquam, nam ista Academiae est propria sententia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 48, 148; id. Quint. 20, 63.— Absol.: qui tenent (sc. rem publicam), who are in possession of the State, of public affairs:

    qui tenent, qui potiuntur,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 3; 2, 18, 1. —
    b.
    With the accessory idea of firmness, persistence, to hold fast, occupy; to watch, guard, defend; to maintain, retain a thing:

    legio locum non tenuit atque in proximum collem se recepit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44:

    montes teneri,

    id. B. G. 3, 2:

    haec noctu firmis praesidiis tenebantur,

    id. ib. 7, 69:

    Capitolia celsa tenebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 653:

    quo teneam Protea nodo?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 90:

    te neque intra Claustra tenebo,

    id. C. 3, 11, 44; cf.:

    in manicis et Compedibus saevo te sub custode tenebo,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 77: laqueis (se) sensit teneri... fugam frustra tentabat;

    at illam Lenta tenet radix exsultantemque coërcet,

    Ov. M. 11, 74 sq.; 1, 535:

    Athenae tuae sempiternam in arce oleam tenere potuerunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 1, 2:

    agri qui diu aquam tenent,

    Pall. Apr. 2, 4:

    classem ibi tenebat,

    Liv. 31, 46, 8: secundissimo vento cursum tenere, to hold or keep one ' s course, Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 83; cf.:

    vento intermisso cursum non tenuit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 8; 4, 28; so,

    cursum,

    Cic. Planc. 21, 52; id. Rep. 1, 2, 3 fin.; Quint. 4, 3, 13:

    quo iter,

    Verg. A. 1, 370; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 10:

    (lunam) fingunt cursus viam sub sole tenere,

    Lucr. 5, 714:

    tenuit tamen vestigia Bucar,

    Liv. 29, 32, 6.—
    c.
    With the accessory idea of reaching the object aimed at, to reach, attain a place:

    montes effuso cursu Sabini petebant et pauci tenuere,

    Liv. 1, 37, 4:

    regionem,

    id. 30, 25, 11:

    Tenum,

    id. 36, 21, 1:

    terram,

    id. 37, 16, 4; 37, 11, 5; 37, 13, 4;

    26, 29, 4: Hesperiam,

    Ov. F. 1, 498:

    portus,

    id. H. 18, 198; Tac. Agr. 38 fin.:

    cum quibus (navibus) Cythnum insulam tenuit,

    id. H. 2, 9.—
    d.
    With the accessory idea of movement impeded, to hold fast, hold back, hinder, restrain, detain, check, control, stay, etc.:

    naves, quae vento tenebantur,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 22:

    quid hic agatur, scire poteris ex eo, qui litteras attulit, quem diutius tenui, quia, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 11, 3, 1:

    si id te non tenet, advola,

    id. Fam. 16, 19:

    septimum jam diem Corcyrae tenebamur,

    id. ib. 16, 7 init.:

    Marcellum ab gerundis rebus valetudo adversa Nolae tenuit,

    Liv. 24, 20, 7:

    non tenebo te pluribus,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3; cf. absol.:

    ne diutius teneam,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34: solutum (corpus) tenere, Cels. praef. med.; cf.

    ventrem,

    id. 4, 19 med.:

    tene linguam,

    Ov. F. 2, 602:

    pecus omne tenendum,

    Verg. G. 2, 371:

    vix a te videor posse tenere manus,

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 10; so,

    manus,

    id. M. 13, 203; cf.:

    manum stomachumque teneto,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 44:

    saeva tene cum Berecyntio Cornu tympana,

    id. C. 1, 18, 13:

    et Phoebi tenuere viam,

    i. e. impeded, closed up, Luc. 5, 136:

    quo me decet usque teneri?

    Verg. A. 5, 384:

    lacrimas,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; so,

    lacrimas in morte miserā non tenebamus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 172:

    dictator exercitum in stativis tenebat,

    Liv. 6, 14, 1. —
    (β).
    Esp.: se tenere, to keep back, remain, stay:

    Sabinus castris sese tenebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 17; 1, 40; Liv. 2, 45, 2:

    nullā clade acceptā castris se pavidus tenebat,

    id. 3, 26, 3:

    Hasdrubal procul ab hoste intervallo tenebat se,

    id. 23, 26, 2:

    se domi a conventu remotum tenere,

    Nep. Dion, 9, 1:

    ego tamen teneo ab accusando vix me hercule: sed tamen teneo,

    restrain myself, refrain, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2:

    nec se tenuit, quin, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 4, 12; cf.

    mid.: teneri non potui, quin tibi apertius illud idem his litteris declararem,

    id. Att. 15, 14, 2; Just. 6, 7, 10; cf.:

    se intra silentium tenuit,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 8:

    multum me intra silentium tenui,

    id. ib. 7, 6, 6.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., to hold, contain in the mind, to conceive, comprehend, know (syn.:

    percipio, intellego): nunc ego teneo, nunc scio, Quid sit hoc negotii,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 39: tenes Quorsum haec tendant quae loquor, id. Ps. 1, 2, 81:

    tenes, quid dicam?

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 22:

    teneo,

    I understand, id. And. 1, 1, 59:

    teneo quid erret,

    id. 3, 2, 18; Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37; cf.: quibus capiatur Caesar, tenes, Caecin. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 5:

    quae a Romanis auguribus ignorantur, a Cilicibus... Lyciis tenentur,

    Cic. Div. 1, 15, 25:

    quoniam ea, quae tenebatis ipsi, etiam ex me audire voluistis,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:

    alicujus reconditos sensus,

    id. Sest. 10, 22:

    quo pacto cuncta tenerem,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 8:

    et teneo melius ista,

    Mart. 4, 37, 7.—With inf.:

    nullus frugi esse homo potest, nisi qui et bene facere et male tenet,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 10; Lucr. 3, 647.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To have possession of, have the mastery of, to control any thing:

    cum rem publicam opes paucorum non virtutes tenere coeperunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 51.—
    b.
    To hold fast, guard, preserve, uphold, keep, insist (syn. servo):

    sin consuetudinem meam, quam in re publicā semper habui, tenuero,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 27:

    ordinem,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 35:

    portum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    statum,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44:

    non tenebat ornatum suum civitas,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43:

    si jus suum populi teneant,

    id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    nec diutius umquam tenetur idem rei publicae modus,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 68:

    est boni viri, haec duo tenere in amicitiā, etc.,

    id. Lael. 18, 65:

    morem,

    id. Off. 3, 10, 44; so id. Fl. 7, 15; Verg. A. 3, 408:

    foedus,

    Cic. Balb. 15, 34:

    tenebat non modo auctoritatem, sed etiam imperium in suos,

    id. Sen. 11, 37:

    silentium,

    Liv. 1, 28, 8.—
    c.
    To hold fast, maintain, support, defend, uphold, insist:

    illud arcte tenent accurateque defendunt, voluptatem esse summum bonum,

    hold fast, maintain, Cic. Par. 1, 3, 14; cf.:

    illud, quod multos annos tenuisset,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 71; and:

    quod idem Peripatetici non tenent,

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    propositum tenere,

    to maintain, Caes. B. C. 3, 42, 1:

    suas leges,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 4, 13:

    causam apud centumviros,

    id. Caecin. 24, 67:

    quo causae teste tenentur,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 43:

    locum quendam cum aliquo,

    Cic. Brut. 21, 81.— With ne:

    plebs tenuit, ne consules in proximum annum crearentur,

    Liv. 4, 30, 16:

    ne quid ferretur ad populum, patres tenuere,

    id. 3, 29, 8; 24, 19, 7. — With ut:

    tenuere patres, ut Fabius consul crearetur,

    Liv. 2, 42, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    scripseram tenuisse Varenum ut sibi evocare testes liceret,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 5, 1.—
    d.
    Of memory:

    alicujus memoriam cum summā benevolentiā tenere,

    to recollect, preserve a recollection of, Cic. Fam. 6, 2, 1.—Esp.:

    memoriā tenere: memoriā tenetis, compluris in Capitolio res de caelo esse percussas,

    you remember, Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 19; id. Fam. 1, 9, 12; Caes. B. G. 1, 14; cf.:

    memoriā teneo, C. Sulpicium Gallum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 14, 21; v. memoria; so without memoria, to bear in mind, remember, recollect:

    satin' haec meministi et tenes?

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 1:

    numeros memini, si verba tenerem,

    Verg. E. 9, 45:

    dicta tenere,

    Hor. A. P. 336; id. S. 2, 4, 8:

    quem (Cyrum) omnia militum tenuisse creditum est nomina,

    Quint. 11, 2, 50; 11, 2, 45.—
    e.
    To reach an object striven after, to gain, acquire, obtain, attain (syn. assequor):

    per cursum rectum regnum tenere,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 17, 44:

    Servium Tullium post hunc captivā natum, ingenio virtute regnum tenuisse,

    Liv. 4, 3, 12:

    teneri res aliter non potest,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1, 3:

    multa tenuisse,

    Liv. 42, 11, 8:

    causam,

    Ov. M. 13, 190.—
    f.
    To hold, hold back, repress, restrain, bind, fetter, etc. (syn.:

    refreno, retineo): iracundiam teneat, avaritiam coërceat,

    Cic. Par. 5, 1, 33:

    dolorem,

    id. Att. 12, 38, 2:

    cupiditates,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    somnum,

    id. Brut. 80, 278:

    risum,

    id. Vatin. 8, 20; Hor. A. P. 5:

    iram,

    Curt. 4, 2, 5:

    ea, quae occurrant, tenere,

    to hold back, keep to themselves, Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221.—
    g.
    Of laws, etc., to bind, hold, obligate, be binding on, control, etc.:

    quamquam leges eum non tenent,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11; cf.:

    interdicto non teneri,

    id. Caecin. 14, 41:

    voto quodam et promisso teneri,

    id. Att. 12, 18, 1:

    ut plebi scita omnes Quirites tenerent,

    Liv. 8, 12, 14; cf.:

    olim patricii dicebant se plebi scitis non teneri,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3:

    cum velut in controverso jure esset, tenerenturne patres plebi scitis, legem tulere, ut quod tributim plebis jussisset, populum teneret,

    Liv. 3, 55, 3:

    teneri alienis foederibus,

    id. 24, 29, 11: poenā teneri, to be subject or liable to, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 5:

    testibus in re perspicuā teneri,

    to be convicted, id. Caecin. 2, 4; cf.: nemo ita in manifesto peccatu tenebatur, ut, etc., id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 191:

    caedis teneri,

    Quint. 5, 14, 11:

    teneri repetundarum,

    Tac. A. 11, 7 fin.:

    furti,

    Dig. 6, 1, 4:

    injuriarum,

    ib. 47, 10, 11:

    mandati,

    ib. 17, 1, 10.— Transf.:

    nisi illi ipsi, qui eas (libidines) frangere deberent, cupiditatis ejusdem tenerentur,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 13, 31 Mos. and Orell. N. cr.
    h.
    Of dispositions, desires, etc., to possess, occupy, control:

    quae te tanta pravitas mentis tenuerit, ut, etc.,

    has had possession of you, Cic. Vatin. 6, 14:

    summum me eorum (librorum) studium tenet,

    id. Att. 1, 11, 3:

    magna me spes tenet,

    id. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:

    de triumpho nulla me cupiditas umquam tenuit,

    id. Att. 7, 2, 6:

    si consilio pulso libidines iracundiaeve tenerent omnia,

    id. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    nisi forte quem inhonesta et perniciosa libido tenet,

    Sall. J. 3, 4: neque irā neque gratiā teneri, to be controlled or influenced, Cic. N. D. 1, 17, 45; so,

    teneri desiderio,

    id. Sen. 10, 33:

    studio philosophiae,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 4:

    magno amore,

    Verg. A. 1, 675:

    pompā, ludis atque ejusmodi spectaculis teneri,

    to be enchained, fascinated, Cic. Fin. 5, 18, 48; cf.:

    ut oculi picturā teneantur, aures cantibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 20:

    is qui audit, ab oratore jam obsessus est ac tenetur,

    id. Or. 62, 210.—With ne, Ov. M. 7, 146. —
    k.
    To take in, comprise, comprehend, include:

    haec magnos formula reges, Excepto sapiente, tenet,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 46.—More freq. pass.: teneri aliquā re, to be contained, comprised, grounded, to consist in a thing:

    ut homines deorum agnatione et gente teneantur,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 23:

    id quod (genus officiorum) teneatur hominum societate,

    id. Off. 1, 45, 160:

    quae (causae) familiaritate et consuetudine tenentur,

    id. Fam. 13, 29, 1:

    dixi jam antea, ipsam rationem arandi spe magis et jucunditate quadam quam fructu atque emolumento teneri,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227.
    II.
    Neutr. (freq. after the Aug. per.; perh. not in Cic.).
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    To hold a position anywhere, maintain one ' s self:

    quā abscisae rupes erant, statio paucorum armatorum tenebat,

    Liv. 32, 5, 12:

    duo extra ordinem milia tenuere,

    id. 3, 62, 7:

    tenent Danai, quā deficit ignis,

    Verg. A. 2, 505.—
    2.
    For cursum tenere, to hold or take one ' s way, to sail, steer in any direction:

    Aeneam... ab Siciliā classe ad Laurentem agrum tenuisse,

    Liv. 1, 1, 4:

    Cassandream petentes, primo ad Mendin tenuere,

    Liv. 31, 45, 14:

    ad Mendaeum,

    id. 21, 49, 2:

    Diam,

    Ov. M. 3, 690:

    Creten,

    id. ib. 13, 706:

    Hesperiam,

    id. F. 1, 498:

    Ausoniam,

    id. ib. 4, 290 al.:

    medio tutissimus ibis... Inter utrumque tene,

    Ov. M. 2, 140.—
    B.
    Trop., with the accessory idea of continuance (cf. I. A. 2. b. and B. 2. b. supra), to hold out, hold on, last, endure, continue, maintain itself, prevail, etc. (cf. obtineo):

    imber per noctem totam tenuit,

    Liv. 23, 44, 6; cf.:

    incendium per duas noctes ac diem unum tenuit,

    id. 24, 47, 15:

    per aliquot dies ea consultatio tenuit,

    id. 2, 3, 5; 3, 47, 6:

    tenet fama, lupam, etc.,

    id. 1, 4, 6:

    quod nunc quoque tenet nomen,

    id. 1, 17, 6:

    fama tenuit, haud plus fuisse modio,

    id. 23, 12, 2; 21, 46, 10:

    tenuit consuetudo, quae cottidie magis invalescit, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 2, 1, 1 Spald.; so,

    consuetudo, ut, etc.,

    id. 8, 5, 2:

    nomen illud tenet,

    id. 9, 4, 47 Spald.; cf. Ov. M. 1, 712.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > teneo

  • 24 fundo

    1.
    fundo, fūdi, fūsum, 3, v. a. [root FUD; Gr. CHU, cheW-, in cheô, cheusô;

    Lat. futis, futtilis, ec-futio, re-futo, etc.,

    Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 204 sq. ], to pour, pour out, shed.
    I.
    Lit., of fluids.
    1.
    In gen.:

    (natura terram) sucum venis cogebat fundere apertis Consimilem lactis, etc.,

    Lucr. 5, 812:

    sanguinem e patera,

    Cic. Div. 1, 23, 46:

    novum liquorem (i. e. vinum) de patera,

    Hor. C. 1, 31, 3:

    vina paterā in aras,

    Ov. M. 9, 160; cf.:

    vinum inter cornua,

    id. ib. 7, 594:

    vinum super aequora,

    id. ib. 11, 247:

    duo rite mero libans carchesia Baccho Fundit humi,

    Verg. A. 5, 78:

    laticem urnis,

    Ov. M. 3, 172:

    lacrimas,

    Verg. A. 3, 348: cf. Ov. M. [p. 793] 5, 540:

    fundit Anigros aquas,

    pours out, id. ib. 15, 282:

    parumne fusum est Latini sanguinis?

    shed, spilt, Hor. Epod. 7, 4:

    sanguine ob rem publicam fuso,

    Sall. H. Fr. 2, 96, 2 Dietsch:

    sanguinem de regno (i. e. propter regnum),

    Curt. 10, 5.—Mid.:

    memorandum, in septem lacus eum (Strymonem) fundi,

    discharges itself, Plin. 4, 10, 17, § 38:

    ingentibus procellis fusus imber,

    pouring, Liv. 6, 8, 7; 6, 32, 6; cf.:

    sanguis in corporibus fusus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 77, 310.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Of metals, to make by melting, to melt, cast, found:

    exolevit fundendi aeris pretiosi ratio,

    Plin. 34, 2, 3, § 5; cf. id. 34, 7, 18, § 46:

    caldarium (aes) funditur tantum, malleis fragile,

    id. 34, 8, 20, § 94:

    aere fuso,

    id. 34, 11, 24, § 107:

    vitrum,

    id. 34, 14, 42, § 148:

    glandes, Auct. B. Afr. 20, 3: Theodorus ipse se ex aere fudit,

    Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 83:

    ne statuam quidem inchoari, cum ejus membra fundentur,

    Quint. 2, 1, 12:

    fusis omnibus membris (statuae),

    id. 7 praef. §

    2: olim quaerere amabam, Quid sculptum infabre, quid fusum durius esset,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 22.—
    * b.
    In medic. lang.: aliquem, to cause one to have fluid stools, to relax the bowels (opp. comprimere): si compresserit aliquem morbus aut fuderit, Cels. praef. med.; cf. under P. a.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To wet, moisten, bathe with a liquid ( poet. and very rare):

    (ossa) niveo fundere lacte,

    Tib. 3, 2, 20:

    multo tempora funde mero,

    id. 1, 7, 50.—
    2.
    Of things non-fluid.
    a.
    In gen., to pour forth in abundance, to scatter, cast, hurl; to spread, extend, diffuse:

    desectam cum stramento segetem corbibus fudere in Tiberim,

    Liv. 2, 5, 3:

    picem reliquasque res, quibus ignis excitari potest, fundebant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 24, 4:

    tela,

    Val. Fl. 3, 243:

    sagittam,

    Sil. 7, 647:

    (solis) radios per opaca domorum,

    Lucr. 2, 115:

    quas (maculas) incuria fudit,

    has scattered, Hor. A. P. 352:

    fundunt se carcere laeti Thraces equi,

    pour themselves forth, rush out, Val. Fl. 1, 611:

    se cuncta manus ratibus,

    id. 2, 662:

    littera fundens se in charta,

    Plin. 13, 12, 25, § 81:

    luna se fundebat per fenestras,

    Verg. A. 3, 152.—Mid.:

    ne (vitis) in omnes partes nimia fundatur,

    spread out, Cic. de Sen. 15, 52:

    homines fusi per agros ac dispersi,

    Cic. Sest. 42, 91.—
    b.
    In partic.
    (α).
    With the accessory notion of production, to bring forth, bear or produce (in abundance):

    crescunt arbusta et fetus in tempore fundunt,

    Lucr. 1, 351; cf.:

    terra feta frugibus et vario leguminum genere, quae cum maxima largitate fundit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62, 156:

    flores aut fruges aut bacas,

    id. Tusc. 5, 13, 37:

    frugem,

    id. de Sen. 15, 51:

    plus materiae (vites),

    Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 192:

    cum centesimo Leontini campi fundunt,

    id. 18, 10, 21, § 95:

    facile illa (piscium ova) aqua et sustinentur et fetum fundunt,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51, 129:

    (terra) animal prope certo tempore fudit Omne,

    Lucr. 5, 823; cf. ib. 917:

    fudit equum magno tellus percussa tridenti,

    Verg. G. 1, 13:

    Africa asinorum silvestrium multitudinem fundit,

    Plin. 8, 30, 46, § 108: quae te beluam ex utero, non hominem fudit, Cic. Pis. init.; Verg. A. 8, 139, v. Forbig. ad h. l.—
    (β).
    With the secondary notion of depth or downward direction, to throw or cast to the ground, to prostrate:

    (victi hostes) et de jugis, quae ceperant, funduntur,

    Liv. 9, 43, 20:

    nec prius absistit, quam septem ingentia victor Corpora (cervorum) fundat humi,

    Verg. A. 1, 193; cf. Ov. M. 13, 85; Sil. 4, 533:

    aliquem arcu,

    Val. Fl. 1, 446.—In middle force:

    fundi in alga,

    to lie down, Val. Fl. 1, 252.—Esp. freq. milit. t. t., overthrow, overcome, rout, vanquish an enemy:

    hostes nefarios prostravit, fudit, occidit,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 10, 27; cf.:

    exercitus caesus fususque,

    id. ib. 14, 1, 1:

    aliquos caedere, fundere atque fugare,

    Sall. J. 58, 3:

    Gaetulos,

    id. ib. 88, 3:

    classes fusae fugataeque,

    id. ib. 79, 4; cf.:

    si vi fudisset cecidissetque hostes,

    Liv. 35, 1, 8:

    hostes de jugis,

    id. 9, 43, 20:

    Gallos de delubris vestris,

    id. 6, 16, 2:

    eas omnes copias a se uno proelio fusas ac superatas esse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 8; cf.:

    Massilienses crebris eruptionibus fusi,

    id. B. C. 2, 22, 1:

    Latini ad Veserim fusi et fugati,

    Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; Liv. 2, 6 fin.:

    quatuor exercitus Carthaginiensium fudi, fugavi, Hispania expuli,

    id. 28, 28, 9; cf. Drak. on 38, 53, 2;

    less freq. in a reversed order: alios arma sumentes fugant funduntque,

    Sall. J. 21, 2; Vell. 2, 46 fin.: omnibus hostium copiis fusis armisque exutis, Caes. B. G. 3, 6, 3:

    magnas copias hostium fudit,

    Cic. Mur. 9, 20:

    Sabinos equitatu fudit,

    id. Rep. 2, 20:

    Armeniorum copias,

    id. Arch. 9, 21:

    maximas copias parva manu,

    Sall. C. 7, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Ingen., to pour out or forth, to spread out, extend, display:

    imago de corpore fusa,

    Lucr. 4, 53:

    animam moribundo corpore fudit,

    id. 3, 1033; cf. id. 3, 700:

    concidit ac multo vitam cum sanguine fudit,

    Verg. A. 2, 532:

    circuli (appellantur), quod mixta farina et caseo et aqua circuitum aequabiliter fundebant,

    poured out, spread out, Varr. L. L. 5, § 106:

    quem secutus Cicero hanc famam latius fudit,

    Quint. 11, 2, 14; cf. id. 10, 5, 11:

    cum vero causa ea inciderit, in qua vis eloquentiae possit expromi: tum se latius fundet orator,

    will display himself, Cic. Or. 36, 125:

    superstitio, fusa per gentes,

    id. Div. 2, 72 init.; cf. Quint. 11, 3, 84:

    neque se tanta in eo (Cicerone) fudisset ubertas,

    id. 12, 2, 23:

    fundet opes, Latiumque beabit divite lingua,

    riches of expression, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 121. —Mid.:

    quamquam negant, nec virtutes nec vitia crescere: tamen utrumque eorum fundi quodammodo et quasi dilatari putant,

    to be diffused, Cic. Fin. 3, 15, 48; cf.:

    modo virtus latius funditur,

    Sen. Ep. 74, 27; and:

    semper ex eo, quod maximas partes continet latissimeque funditur, tota res appellatur,

    id. 5, 30, 92:

    saepe in amplificanda re funditur numerose et volubiliter oratio,

    id. Or. 62, 210.—
    B.
    In partic., of speech, to pour forth, utter:

    per quam (arteriam) vox principium a mente ducens percipitur et funditur,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149; cf.:

    e quibus elici vocem et fundi videmus,

    id. Tusc. 2, 24, 56:

    inanes sonos,

    id. ib. 5, 26, 73 (for which:

    inani voce sonare,

    id. Fin. 2, 15, 48):

    sonum,

    id. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    verba poëtarum more (opp. ratione et arte distinguere),

    id. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    versus hexametros aliosque variis modis atque numeris ex tempore,

    id. de Or. 3, 50, 194; cf.:

    grave plenumque carmen,

    id. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    tam bonos septenarios ad tibiam,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 107:

    physicorum oracula,

    id. N. D. 1, 26, 66:

    has ore loquelas,

    Verg. A. 5, 842:

    preces pectore ab imo,

    id. ib. 6, 55; so,

    preces,

    id. ib. 5, 234; Hor. Epod. 17, 53:

    mera mendacia,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 33:

    jam tu verba fundis hic, sapientia?

    you waste, Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 7:

    opprobria rustica,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 146:

    iras inanes,

    Val. Fl. 3, 697:

    vehemens et liquidus puroque simillimus amni Fundet opes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 121:

    preces,

    App. M. 11, p. 258, 4; Tac. A. 14, 30; Aug. in Psa. 25, 10 al.—Hence, fūsus, a, um, P. a., spread out, extended, broad, large, copious, diffuse.
    A.
    Lit.:

    (aër) tum fusus et extenuatus sublime fertur, tum autem concretus in nubes cogitur,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 101: fusior alvus, i. e. more relaxed (opp. astrictior), Cels. 1, 3 med.:

    toga (opp. restricta),

    wide, full, Suet. Aug. 73:

    Gallorum fusa et candida corpora,

    full, plump, Liv. 38, 21, 9:

    campi in omnem partem,

    extended, Verg. A. 6, 440; cf.:

    non fusior ulli Terra fuit domino,

    a broader, larger kingdom, Luc. 4, 670.—
    B.
    Trop., copious, diffuse; flowing, free:

    genus sermonis non liquidum, non fusum ac profluens,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 159; cf.:

    constricta an latius fusa narratio,

    Quint. 2, 13, 5:

    materia abundantior atque ultra quam oporteat fusa,

    id. 2, 4, 7:

    ut illud, quod ad omnem honestatem pertinet, decorum, quam late fusum sit, appareat,

    Cic. Off. 1, 28, 98; cf. Quint. 11, 1, 5:

    (vox) in egressionibus fusa et securae claritatis (opp. contracta),

    unrestrained, free, id. 11, 3, 64:

    periodus,

    id. 9, 4, 128:

    fusiores liberioresque numeri,

    id. 130:

    lingua Graeca prolixior fusiorque quam nostra,

    Gell. 2, 26, 7:

    in locis ac descriptionibus fusi ac fluentes,

    Quint. 9, 4, 138:

    plenior Aeschines et magis fusus,

    id. 10, 1, 77:

    dulcis et candidus et fusus Herodotus (opp. densus et brevis et semper instans sibi Thucydides),

    id. 10, 1, 73.— Sup. seems not to occur.— Adv.: fūse.
    * 1.
    (Acc. to A.) Spread out, extended:

    (manus) fusius paulo in diversum resolvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 97.—
    2.
    (Acc. to B.) Copiously, at length, diffusely:

    quae fuse olim disputabantur ac libere, ea nunc articulatim distincteque dicuntur,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 13, 36:

    multa dicere fuse lateque,

    id. Tusc. 4, 26, 57:

    fuse lateque dicendi facultas,

    id. Or. 32, 113:

    fuse et copiose augere et ornate aliquid (opp. brevia et acuta),

    id. Fin. 3, 7, 26.— Comp.:

    haec cum uberius disputantur et fusius (opp. brevius angustiusque concluduntur),

    Cic. N. D. 2, 7, 20:

    fusius et ornatius rem exponere,

    Quint. 4, 2, 128.— Sup. seems not to occur.
    2.
    fundo, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. [fundus], to lay the bottom, keel, foundation of a thing, to found (syn.: condo, exstruo, etc.).
    I.
    Lit. (perh. only poet.):

    haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est,

    i. e. is laid, Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44 (v. Ritschl ad h. l.);

    dum mea puppis erat validā fundata carinā,

    Ov. P. 4, 3, 5; id. H. 16, 111:

    Erycino in vertice sedes fundatur Veneri Idaliae,

    is founded, Verg. A. 5, 759: sedes saxo vetusto. id. ib. 8, 478:

    arces,

    id. ib. 4, 260.—
    B.
    Transf., in gen., to fasten, secure, make firm:

    dente tenaci Ancora fundabat naves,

    Verg. A. 6, 4:

    (genus humanum) Et majoribus et solidis magis ossibus intus Fundatum,

    Lucr. 5, 928; 4, 828.—
    II.
    Trop., to found, establish, fix, confirm (class., esp. in part. perf.; cf.:

    firmo, stabilio): illud vero maxime nostrum fundavit imperium et populi Romani nomen auxit, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31; cf.:

    quantis laboribus fundatum imperium,

    id. Cat. 4, 9, 19:

    qui (rei publicae status) bonorum omnium conjunctione et auctoritate consulatus mei fixus et fundatus videbatur,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 6:

    accurate non modo fundata verum etiam exstructa disciplina,

    id. Fin. 4, 1, 1; cf.:

    fundati a doctore,

    thoroughly instructed, Lact. 6, 21, 4:

    res publica praeclare fundata,

    Cic. Par. 1, 2, 10; cf.:

    qui legibus urbem Fundavit,

    Verg. A. 6, 810:

    in eorum agro sedes fundare Bastarnis,

    Liv. 40, 57, 5:

    libertatem, salutem, securitatem,

    Plin. Pan. 8, 1:

    jus civile,

    Dig. 1, 2, 2, § 39:

    vacuos Penates prole,

    Stat. S. 4, 7, 30; cf.:

    thalamos Tritonide nympha,

    i. e. to marry, Sil. 2, 65:

    partis et fundatis amicitiis,

    Q. Cic. Petit. Cons. 7, 25:

    fundatae atque optime constitutae opes,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 1, 1; cf.:

    nitidis fundata pecunia villis,

    well laid out, Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 46:

    nihil veritate fundatum,

    Cic. Fl. 11, 26; cf. Lucr. 5, 161.— Hence, fundātus, a, um, P. a., firm, fixed, grounded, durable (very rare).
    A.
    Lit.:

    quo fundatior erit ex arenato directura, etc.,

    Vitr. 7, 3 med.:

    si permanetis in fide fundati,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Trop.: deflevi subitas fundatissimae familiae ruinas, Auct. Or. pro Domo, 36, 96.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > fundo

  • 25 tempero

    tempĕro, āvi, ātum, 1 (old pres. subj. temperint, Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 41; collat. dep. form tempĕror, Lact. 7, 5, 12), v. a. and n. [tempus].
    I.
    Act., to divide or proportion duly, mingle in due proportion; to combine or compound properly; to qualify, temper, etc. (class.; cf.: modifico, misceo).
    A.
    Lit.:

    nec vero qui simplex esse debet, ex dissimilibus rebus misceri et temperari potest,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 119:

    qui (orbium motus) acuta cum gravibus temperans varios aequabiliter concentus efficit,

    id. Rep. 6, 18, 18:

    ea cum tria sumpsisset, unam in speciem temperavit,

    id. Univ. 7:

    tale quiddam esse animum, ut sit ex igni atque animă temperatum,

    id. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    aes conflare et temperare,

    Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 197:

    ferrum,

    id. 34, 14, 41, § 145:

    herbas,

    Ov. F. 5, 402:

    acetum melle,

    Plin. 14, 17, 21, § 114:

    vinum,

    id. 29, 3, 11, § 50: pocula, to flavor, i. e. to fill, Hor. C. 1, 20, 11; id. Epod. 17, 80; Mart. 9, 12, 7:

    venenum,

    Suet. Ner. 2 fin.:

    unguentum,

    Plin. 13, 2, 2, § 18:

    collyrium,

    id. 27, 10, 59, § 83:

    colores,

    id. 2, 18, 16, § 79 et saep.:

    ejusdem solis tum accessus modici tum recessus et frigoris et caloris modum temperant,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    Etesiarum flatu nimii temperantur calores,

    id. ib. 2, 53, 131; cf.:

    vitis solem umbra temperans,

    Plin. 17, 12, 18, § 91: quis aquam (i. e. balneum) temperet ignibus, who shall temper, i. e. warm, Hor. C. 3, 19, 6; so, balneum, Mart. 3, 25, 1:

    scatebrisque arentia temperat arva,

    i. e. waters, Verg. G. 1, 110; so,

    arva (Galesus),

    Claud. Cons. Prob. 260.—
    2.
    Transf., to rule, regulate, govern, manage, arrange, order:

    rem publicam institutis et legibus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; cf.:

    constituere et temperare civitates,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    Lycurgus, qui Lacedaemoniorum rem publicam temperavit,

    id. Div. 1, 43, 96; cf.:

    qui (Juppiter) res hominum ac deorum, Qui mare ac terras variisque mundum Temperat horis,

    Hor. C. 1, 12, 16:

    terram, mare, urbes, etc. (corresp. to regere),

    id. ib. 3, 4, 45:

    mare,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 1:

    aequor,

    Verg. A. 1, 146:

    orbem,

    Ov. M. 1, 770; 15, 869:

    arces aetherias,

    id. ib. 15, 859:

    undas,

    id. ib. 12, 580:

    ratem,

    id. ib. 13, 366:

    solus id navigii genus temperans,

    Vell. 2, 107:

    omnia pretio temperata,

    id. 2, 60:

    senem delirum,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 71:

    ora frenis,

    id. C. 1, 8, 7 et saep.:

    genius qui natale temperat astrum,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 187:

    annum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 16; Plin. 2, 6, 4, § 13:

    caeli fulgura,

    Cic. Leg. 8, 21:

    fortunam suo arbitrio,

    Petr. 137.— Poet.:

    carmen impositis articulis,

    i. e. to tune, Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 80; cf.:

    testudinis aureae strepitum,

    Hor. C. 4, 3, 18:

    Musam pede Archilochi,

    id. Ep. 1, 19, 28 sq.:

    citharam nervis,

    i. e. to string, Ov. M. 10, 108.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To regulate, rule, etc.:

    non modice temperatam sed nimis meracam libertatem sitiens haurire,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 43, 96; cf.:

    cujus acerbitas morum immanitasque naturae ne vino quidem permixta temperari solet,

    id. Phil. 12, 11, 26:

    quod (genus) erit aequatum et temperatum ex tribus optimis rerum publicarum modis,

    id. Rep. 1, 45, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 39, 65:

    ita in variā et perpetuā oratione hi (numeri) sunt inter se miscendi et temperandi,

    id. Or. 58, 197; so,

    joined with miscere,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 119 (on the contrary, opp. miscere, id. Rep. 2, 23, 42); cf.:

    at haec interdum temperanda et varianda sunt,

    id. Or. 29, 103; 18, 60; 52, 176:

    iracundiam cohibere, victoriam temperare,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8:

    amara lento Temperet risu,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 27: annonam macelli quotannis temperandam censuit, to be regulated, i. e. fixed at moderate prices, Suet. Tib. 34:

    (Aeolus) Sceptra tenens mollitque animos et temperat iras,

    soothes, allays, Verg. A. 1, 57:

    sumptus,

    Ov. Am. 1, 3, 10:

    Mercurius temperat astra,

    Stat. Th. 1, 305.—
    2.
    Se temperare ab aliquā re, to refrain from, abstain from, forbear, etc. (late Lat.): temperare se a rectorum suorum reprehensione, Greg. M. in Job, 25, 38 init.; 18, 3: ab utro se temperat, Aug. c. Faust. 6, 5 fin.; id. Trin. 3 prooem.
    II.
    Neutr., to observe proper measure; to moderate or restrain one ' s self; to forbear, abstain; to be moderate or temperate (class.; cf. moderor).
    A.
    In gen., constr. with in aliquā re, alicui rei, ab aliquā re, a simple abl., an inf., or ne or quin with subj.
    (α).
    With in and abl.:

    jam istoc probior es, cum in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8:

    in multa temperarunt tribuni,

    Liv. 2, 52, 5; Sall. J. 85, 9.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    linguae tempera,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 28; so,

    linguae,

    Liv. 28, 44, 18:

    linguae,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 2:

    manibus,

    Liv. 2, 23, 9; 4, 3, 6; 32, 20, 3; Curt. 7, 2, 24:

    oculis,

    Liv. 21, 22, 7:

    irae,

    id. 33, 20, 7:

    victoriae,

    Sall. C. 11, 8:

    gulae,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 6, 5:

    lacrimis,

    Curt. 7, 2, 7.—
    (γ).
    With ab and abl.:

    temperare ab injuriā et maleficio,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    a maleficio,

    Auct. Her. 2, 19, 29:

    a lacrimis,

    Verg. A. 2, 8:

    precibus ducis mitigati ab excidio civitatis temperavere,

    Tac. H. 1, 63.—Rarely with sibi, etc.:

    cum sibi in contionibus credas a mendacio temperaturum?

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    ne a necessariis quidem sibi rabies temperat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 4.—
    (δ).
    With abl. alone:

    lacrimis,

    Liv. 30, 20; Tac. A. 15, 16:

    a venatibus,

    Claud. III. Laud. Stil. 270:

    risu,

    Liv. 32, 34, 3: neque verbis adversus principem neque factis, Suet. Vit. Lucan.—
    (ε).
    With inf.:

    matronae Canorā hic voce suā tinnire temperent,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 33:

    dormire,

    id. ib. 22:

    maledicere huic,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 76: tollere puerum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 21, 42 (Trag. v. 67 Vahl.):

    exordiri rem novam,

    Gell. 4, 9, 5. —
    (ζ).
    With ne and subj.:

    quoi male faciundi est potestas, quom ne id faciat temperat,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 60:

    quod in pluribus libris ne facerem temperavi,

    Lact. 4, 3, 5.—
    (η).
    With quin (post-Aug.):

    non temperante Tiberio quin premeret,

    Tac. A. 3, 67: ne sedato quidem tumultu temperare potuit, quin, etc., Suet. Claud. 41; id. Calig. 54:

    vix temperabat, quin diceret,

    Sen. Contr. 10, 1 (30), 7:

    Arruntius non temperavit, quin, etc.,

    id. Ep. 114, 19.—
    b.
    With sibi or animis (so not in Cicero):

    neque sibi homines feros temperaturos existimabat, quin, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 33:

    vix sibi temperant quin, etc.,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 29, 2; Vell. 1, 16, 1: usque mihi temperavi, dum perducerem eo rem, ut, etc., Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 7, 2:

    nequeo mihi temperare, quominus, etc.,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 41; 1, praef. §

    30: non quivit temperare sibi in eo (signo), etc.,

    id. 34, 8, 19, § 62; Plin. Ep. 6, 17, 1:

    vix temperavere animis, quin, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 45, 7.—
    c.
    Impers. pass.:

    aegre temperatum est, quin, etc.,

    they with difficulty refrained, Liv. 32, 10, 8:

    nec temperatum manibus foret, ni, etc.,

    id. 2, 23, 10:

    jam superfundenti se laetitiae vix temperatum est,

    id. 5, 7, 8:

    ab oppugnatione urbium temperatum,

    id. 7, 20, 9:

    a caedibus,

    id. 25, 25, 9.—
    B.
    In partic., pregn., to forbear, abstain, or refrain from; to spare, be indulgent to any thing (cf.: parco, abstineo); constr. with dat. or ab:

    ut si cuiquam ullā in re umquam temperaverit, ut vos quoque ei temperetis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:

    superatis hostibus (shortly after, parcere),

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2, §

    4: sociis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 59, §

    154: alicui in aliquā re,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 6, §

    17: amicis,

    id. Balb. 27, 60:

    privignis,

    Hor. C. 3, 24, 18:

    ingenio suo,

    Quint. 10, 1, 98 al.:

    in quo ab sociis temperaverant,

    Liv. 6, 17, 8:

    ab his sacris,

    id. 39, 10, 9:

    quamvis a plerisque cibis singuli temperemus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 5, 8; cf.:

    a mulso sibi temperare,

    Cels. 4, 31.— Impers. pass.:

    templis deum temperatum est,

    Liv. 1, 29, 6 Drak. N. cr.:

    nec ab ullo temperatum foret,

    id. 24, 31, 11.—Hence,
    A.
    tempĕ-rans, antis, P. a., observing moderation, sober, moderate, temperate (syn.:

    modestus, abstinens): aut temperantem (dices), qui se in aliquā libidine continuerit, in aliquā effuderit?

    Cic. Par. 3, 1, 21:

    homo in omnibus vitae partibus moderatus ac temperans, etc.,

    id. Font. 18, 40; so,

    homo,

    id. Att. 15, 1, 1.— Sup.:

    homo sanctissimus et temperantissimus,

    Cic. Font. 17, 38:

    principes graviores temperantioresque a cupidine imperii,

    refraining, abstaining, Liv. 26, 22, 14 Drak. N. cr. —With gen.:

    famae temperans,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 41:

    temperans gaudii seraeque laetitiae,

    Plin. Pan. 52, 5:

    potestatis temperantior,

    Tac. A. 13, 46.—Hence, adv.: tempĕranter, with moderation, moderately, Tac. A. 4, 33; 15, 29. — Comp., Cic. Att. 9, 2, A, 2.— Sup. seems not to occur.—
    B.
    tempĕrātus, a, um, P. a.
    * 1.
    Duly arranged or prepared:

    prela,

    Cato, R. R. 12.—
    2.
    Limited, moderate, temperate.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    temperatae escae modicaeque potiones,

    Cic. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    regiones caeli neque aestuosae neque frigidae sed temperatae,

    Vitr. 1, 4; cf. Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 26.— Comp.:

    loca temperatiora,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12:

    o temperatae dulce Formiae litus,

    Mart. 10, 30, 1:

    mitis ac temperatus annus,

    Col. 3, 20, 1; cf. in sup.:

    temperatissimum anni tempus,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 14.—
    (β).
    Trop., of moral character, of speech, etc., moderate, sober, calm, steady, temperate:

    est autem ita temperatis moderatisque moribus, ut summa severitas summā cum humanitate jungatur,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 27:

    justi, temperati, sapientes,

    id. N. D. 3, 36, 87: in victoriā tem, peratior, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 1:

    mens in bonis Ab insolenti temperata Laetitiā,

    Hor. C. 2, 3, 3:

    vim temperatam di provehunt In majus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 66:

    animum temperatum virtutibus fuisse,

    Liv. 1, 18, 4:

    hoc multo fortius est... illud temperatius,

    Sen. Ep. 18, 3:

    aequabile et temperatum orationis genus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 3:

    oratio modica ac temperata,

    id. Or. 27, 95.— Comp.:

    temperatior oratio,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 53, 212.— Sup.:

    temperatissimi sanctissimique viri monumentum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 38, § 83. — Adv.: tempĕrātē, in due proportion, with moderation, moderately, temperately.
    a.
    Lit.:

    tepebit,

    Cato, R. R. 69, 2:

    arbores umoris temperate, parum terreni habentes,

    Vitr. 2, 9 med.
    b.
    Trop.:

    agere,

    Cic. Att. 12, 32, 1:

    temperatius scribere,

    id. ib. 13, 1, 1:

    temperatissime et castissime vivere,

    Aug. Mus. 6, 15.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tempero

  • 26 temperor

    tempĕro, āvi, ātum, 1 (old pres. subj. temperint, Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 41; collat. dep. form tempĕror, Lact. 7, 5, 12), v. a. and n. [tempus].
    I.
    Act., to divide or proportion duly, mingle in due proportion; to combine or compound properly; to qualify, temper, etc. (class.; cf.: modifico, misceo).
    A.
    Lit.:

    nec vero qui simplex esse debet, ex dissimilibus rebus misceri et temperari potest,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 119:

    qui (orbium motus) acuta cum gravibus temperans varios aequabiliter concentus efficit,

    id. Rep. 6, 18, 18:

    ea cum tria sumpsisset, unam in speciem temperavit,

    id. Univ. 7:

    tale quiddam esse animum, ut sit ex igni atque animă temperatum,

    id. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    aes conflare et temperare,

    Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 197:

    ferrum,

    id. 34, 14, 41, § 145:

    herbas,

    Ov. F. 5, 402:

    acetum melle,

    Plin. 14, 17, 21, § 114:

    vinum,

    id. 29, 3, 11, § 50: pocula, to flavor, i. e. to fill, Hor. C. 1, 20, 11; id. Epod. 17, 80; Mart. 9, 12, 7:

    venenum,

    Suet. Ner. 2 fin.:

    unguentum,

    Plin. 13, 2, 2, § 18:

    collyrium,

    id. 27, 10, 59, § 83:

    colores,

    id. 2, 18, 16, § 79 et saep.:

    ejusdem solis tum accessus modici tum recessus et frigoris et caloris modum temperant,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    Etesiarum flatu nimii temperantur calores,

    id. ib. 2, 53, 131; cf.:

    vitis solem umbra temperans,

    Plin. 17, 12, 18, § 91: quis aquam (i. e. balneum) temperet ignibus, who shall temper, i. e. warm, Hor. C. 3, 19, 6; so, balneum, Mart. 3, 25, 1:

    scatebrisque arentia temperat arva,

    i. e. waters, Verg. G. 1, 110; so,

    arva (Galesus),

    Claud. Cons. Prob. 260.—
    2.
    Transf., to rule, regulate, govern, manage, arrange, order:

    rem publicam institutis et legibus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; cf.:

    constituere et temperare civitates,

    id. Ac. 2, 1, 3:

    Lycurgus, qui Lacedaemoniorum rem publicam temperavit,

    id. Div. 1, 43, 96; cf.:

    qui (Juppiter) res hominum ac deorum, Qui mare ac terras variisque mundum Temperat horis,

    Hor. C. 1, 12, 16:

    terram, mare, urbes, etc. (corresp. to regere),

    id. ib. 3, 4, 45:

    mare,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 1:

    aequor,

    Verg. A. 1, 146:

    orbem,

    Ov. M. 1, 770; 15, 869:

    arces aetherias,

    id. ib. 15, 859:

    undas,

    id. ib. 12, 580:

    ratem,

    id. ib. 13, 366:

    solus id navigii genus temperans,

    Vell. 2, 107:

    omnia pretio temperata,

    id. 2, 60:

    senem delirum,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 71:

    ora frenis,

    id. C. 1, 8, 7 et saep.:

    genius qui natale temperat astrum,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 187:

    annum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 16; Plin. 2, 6, 4, § 13:

    caeli fulgura,

    Cic. Leg. 8, 21:

    fortunam suo arbitrio,

    Petr. 137.— Poet.:

    carmen impositis articulis,

    i. e. to tune, Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 80; cf.:

    testudinis aureae strepitum,

    Hor. C. 4, 3, 18:

    Musam pede Archilochi,

    id. Ep. 1, 19, 28 sq.:

    citharam nervis,

    i. e. to string, Ov. M. 10, 108.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To regulate, rule, etc.:

    non modice temperatam sed nimis meracam libertatem sitiens haurire,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 43, 96; cf.:

    cujus acerbitas morum immanitasque naturae ne vino quidem permixta temperari solet,

    id. Phil. 12, 11, 26:

    quod (genus) erit aequatum et temperatum ex tribus optimis rerum publicarum modis,

    id. Rep. 1, 45, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 39, 65:

    ita in variā et perpetuā oratione hi (numeri) sunt inter se miscendi et temperandi,

    id. Or. 58, 197; so,

    joined with miscere,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 119 (on the contrary, opp. miscere, id. Rep. 2, 23, 42); cf.:

    at haec interdum temperanda et varianda sunt,

    id. Or. 29, 103; 18, 60; 52, 176:

    iracundiam cohibere, victoriam temperare,

    id. Marcell. 3, 8:

    amara lento Temperet risu,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 27: annonam macelli quotannis temperandam censuit, to be regulated, i. e. fixed at moderate prices, Suet. Tib. 34:

    (Aeolus) Sceptra tenens mollitque animos et temperat iras,

    soothes, allays, Verg. A. 1, 57:

    sumptus,

    Ov. Am. 1, 3, 10:

    Mercurius temperat astra,

    Stat. Th. 1, 305.—
    2.
    Se temperare ab aliquā re, to refrain from, abstain from, forbear, etc. (late Lat.): temperare se a rectorum suorum reprehensione, Greg. M. in Job, 25, 38 init.; 18, 3: ab utro se temperat, Aug. c. Faust. 6, 5 fin.; id. Trin. 3 prooem.
    II.
    Neutr., to observe proper measure; to moderate or restrain one ' s self; to forbear, abstain; to be moderate or temperate (class.; cf. moderor).
    A.
    In gen., constr. with in aliquā re, alicui rei, ab aliquā re, a simple abl., an inf., or ne or quin with subj.
    (α).
    With in and abl.:

    jam istoc probior es, cum in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8:

    in multa temperarunt tribuni,

    Liv. 2, 52, 5; Sall. J. 85, 9.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    linguae tempera,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 28; so,

    linguae,

    Liv. 28, 44, 18:

    linguae,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 6, 2:

    manibus,

    Liv. 2, 23, 9; 4, 3, 6; 32, 20, 3; Curt. 7, 2, 24:

    oculis,

    Liv. 21, 22, 7:

    irae,

    id. 33, 20, 7:

    victoriae,

    Sall. C. 11, 8:

    gulae,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 6, 5:

    lacrimis,

    Curt. 7, 2, 7.—
    (γ).
    With ab and abl.:

    temperare ab injuriā et maleficio,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    a maleficio,

    Auct. Her. 2, 19, 29:

    a lacrimis,

    Verg. A. 2, 8:

    precibus ducis mitigati ab excidio civitatis temperavere,

    Tac. H. 1, 63.—Rarely with sibi, etc.:

    cum sibi in contionibus credas a mendacio temperaturum?

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    ne a necessariis quidem sibi rabies temperat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 4.—
    (δ).
    With abl. alone:

    lacrimis,

    Liv. 30, 20; Tac. A. 15, 16:

    a venatibus,

    Claud. III. Laud. Stil. 270:

    risu,

    Liv. 32, 34, 3: neque verbis adversus principem neque factis, Suet. Vit. Lucan.—
    (ε).
    With inf.:

    matronae Canorā hic voce suā tinnire temperent,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 33:

    dormire,

    id. ib. 22:

    maledicere huic,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 76: tollere puerum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 21, 42 (Trag. v. 67 Vahl.):

    exordiri rem novam,

    Gell. 4, 9, 5. —
    (ζ).
    With ne and subj.:

    quoi male faciundi est potestas, quom ne id faciat temperat,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 60:

    quod in pluribus libris ne facerem temperavi,

    Lact. 4, 3, 5.—
    (η).
    With quin (post-Aug.):

    non temperante Tiberio quin premeret,

    Tac. A. 3, 67: ne sedato quidem tumultu temperare potuit, quin, etc., Suet. Claud. 41; id. Calig. 54:

    vix temperabat, quin diceret,

    Sen. Contr. 10, 1 (30), 7:

    Arruntius non temperavit, quin, etc.,

    id. Ep. 114, 19.—
    b.
    With sibi or animis (so not in Cicero):

    neque sibi homines feros temperaturos existimabat, quin, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 33:

    vix sibi temperant quin, etc.,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 29, 2; Vell. 1, 16, 1: usque mihi temperavi, dum perducerem eo rem, ut, etc., Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 7, 2:

    nequeo mihi temperare, quominus, etc.,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 41; 1, praef. §

    30: non quivit temperare sibi in eo (signo), etc.,

    id. 34, 8, 19, § 62; Plin. Ep. 6, 17, 1:

    vix temperavere animis, quin, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 45, 7.—
    c.
    Impers. pass.:

    aegre temperatum est, quin, etc.,

    they with difficulty refrained, Liv. 32, 10, 8:

    nec temperatum manibus foret, ni, etc.,

    id. 2, 23, 10:

    jam superfundenti se laetitiae vix temperatum est,

    id. 5, 7, 8:

    ab oppugnatione urbium temperatum,

    id. 7, 20, 9:

    a caedibus,

    id. 25, 25, 9.—
    B.
    In partic., pregn., to forbear, abstain, or refrain from; to spare, be indulgent to any thing (cf.: parco, abstineo); constr. with dat. or ab:

    ut si cuiquam ullā in re umquam temperaverit, ut vos quoque ei temperetis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:

    superatis hostibus (shortly after, parcere),

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2, §

    4: sociis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 59, §

    154: alicui in aliquā re,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 6, §

    17: amicis,

    id. Balb. 27, 60:

    privignis,

    Hor. C. 3, 24, 18:

    ingenio suo,

    Quint. 10, 1, 98 al.:

    in quo ab sociis temperaverant,

    Liv. 6, 17, 8:

    ab his sacris,

    id. 39, 10, 9:

    quamvis a plerisque cibis singuli temperemus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 5, 8; cf.:

    a mulso sibi temperare,

    Cels. 4, 31.— Impers. pass.:

    templis deum temperatum est,

    Liv. 1, 29, 6 Drak. N. cr.:

    nec ab ullo temperatum foret,

    id. 24, 31, 11.—Hence,
    A.
    tempĕ-rans, antis, P. a., observing moderation, sober, moderate, temperate (syn.:

    modestus, abstinens): aut temperantem (dices), qui se in aliquā libidine continuerit, in aliquā effuderit?

    Cic. Par. 3, 1, 21:

    homo in omnibus vitae partibus moderatus ac temperans, etc.,

    id. Font. 18, 40; so,

    homo,

    id. Att. 15, 1, 1.— Sup.:

    homo sanctissimus et temperantissimus,

    Cic. Font. 17, 38:

    principes graviores temperantioresque a cupidine imperii,

    refraining, abstaining, Liv. 26, 22, 14 Drak. N. cr. —With gen.:

    famae temperans,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 41:

    temperans gaudii seraeque laetitiae,

    Plin. Pan. 52, 5:

    potestatis temperantior,

    Tac. A. 13, 46.—Hence, adv.: tempĕranter, with moderation, moderately, Tac. A. 4, 33; 15, 29. — Comp., Cic. Att. 9, 2, A, 2.— Sup. seems not to occur.—
    B.
    tempĕrātus, a, um, P. a.
    * 1.
    Duly arranged or prepared:

    prela,

    Cato, R. R. 12.—
    2.
    Limited, moderate, temperate.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    temperatae escae modicaeque potiones,

    Cic. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    regiones caeli neque aestuosae neque frigidae sed temperatae,

    Vitr. 1, 4; cf. Plin. 14, 2, 4, § 26.— Comp.:

    loca temperatiora,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12:

    o temperatae dulce Formiae litus,

    Mart. 10, 30, 1:

    mitis ac temperatus annus,

    Col. 3, 20, 1; cf. in sup.:

    temperatissimum anni tempus,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 14.—
    (β).
    Trop., of moral character, of speech, etc., moderate, sober, calm, steady, temperate:

    est autem ita temperatis moderatisque moribus, ut summa severitas summā cum humanitate jungatur,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 27:

    justi, temperati, sapientes,

    id. N. D. 3, 36, 87: in victoriā tem, peratior, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 1:

    mens in bonis Ab insolenti temperata Laetitiā,

    Hor. C. 2, 3, 3:

    vim temperatam di provehunt In majus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 66:

    animum temperatum virtutibus fuisse,

    Liv. 1, 18, 4:

    hoc multo fortius est... illud temperatius,

    Sen. Ep. 18, 3:

    aequabile et temperatum orationis genus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 3:

    oratio modica ac temperata,

    id. Or. 27, 95.— Comp.:

    temperatior oratio,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 53, 212.— Sup.:

    temperatissimi sanctissimique viri monumentum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 38, § 83. — Adv.: tempĕrātē, in due proportion, with moderation, moderately, temperately.
    a.
    Lit.:

    tepebit,

    Cato, R. R. 69, 2:

    arbores umoris temperate, parum terreni habentes,

    Vitr. 2, 9 med.
    b.
    Trop.:

    agere,

    Cic. Att. 12, 32, 1:

    temperatius scribere,

    id. ib. 13, 1, 1:

    temperatissime et castissime vivere,

    Aug. Mus. 6, 15.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > temperor

  • 27 aecus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aecus

  • 28 aequum

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequum

  • 29 aequus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequus

  • 30 Alius

    1.
    Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):

    postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
    2.
    ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:

    alis rare,

    Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    alid more freq.,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:

    aliae,

    Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:

    ali,

    Lucr. 6, 1226:

    alio,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:

    aliae,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
    I.
    A.. In gen.:

    eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:

    alios multos,

    Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:

    plures alios,

    ib. ib. 12, 5:

    cum aliis pluribus,

    ib. Act. 15, 35:

    an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?

    Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:

    dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:

    nec quisquam alius affuit,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 269:

    panem vel aliud quidquam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:

    quidquid aliud dare,

    Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:

    ALIS NE POTESTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 12:

    adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:

    aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,

    Lucr. 3, 918:

    ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:

    nisi quid pater ait aliud,

    id. And. 5, 4, 47:

    si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:

    quodcumque alid auget,

    Lucr. 5, 257:

    Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,

    Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:

    tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    L. Aemilius alius vir erat,

    Liv. 44, 18:

    Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,

    Juv. 12, 24:

    alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:

    nemo alius,

    Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:

    alius nemo,

    Cic. Quinct. 76:

    plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,

    Cels. 2, 18:

    aliud esse causae suspicamur,

    Cic. Fl. 39:

    Anne aliud tunc praefecti?

    Juv. 4, 78:

    estne viris reliqui aliud,

    Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:

    aliud auxilii,

    Tac. A. 5, 8:

    aliud subsidii,

    id. ib. 12, 46:

    alia honorum,

    id. ib. 1, 9:

    alia sumptuum,

    id. ib. 15, 15:

    sunt alia quae magis timeam,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:

    haec aliaque,

    Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —

    Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?

    Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):

    ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 6:

    utar post alio, si invenero melius,

    something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,

    si in aliud tempus differetur,

    Caes. B C. 1, 86:

    an alium exspectamus?

    Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:

    siti magis quam alia re accenditur,

    Sall. J. 89, 5:

    neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,

    Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
    Instances of the rare gen.
    alius:

    alius generis bestiae,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:

    alius ingenii,

    Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:

    alius ordinis,

    Amm. 30, 5, 10:

    artificis aliusve,

    Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:

    alius coloris,

    Non. p. 450:

    nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,

    Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
    B.
    In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
    (α).
    With atque, ac, or et:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:

    potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,

    id. Att. 11, 10:

    res alio modo est ac putatur,

    id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9:

    longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:

    alia atque antea sentiret,

    id. Hann. 2, 2:

    lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,

    is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
    (β).
    With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):

    amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,

    nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:

    neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 13:

    erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,

    id. de Or. 2, 12:

    Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?

    id. Phil. 8, 3:

    nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,

    id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:

    quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?

    id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,

    Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:

    Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,

    id. Lys. 1, 4:

    neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,

    id. Eum. 1, 2:

    Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,

    Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;

    Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,

    Cic. Sest. 6, 13:

    ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:

    et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,

    id. 2, 63; 31, 24:

    sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,

    id. 2, 29:

    ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,

    id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:

    quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?

    Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,

    Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?

    Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:

    te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:

    quod alium quam se cooptassent,

    Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:

    Quid te aliud sollicitat?

    id. ib. 1, 2, 82:

    Quid aliud tibi vis?

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:

    Numquid vis aliud?

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:

    Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,

    Juv. 12, 48:

    Quid enim est aliud Antonius?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 70:

    Quid est aliud furere?

    id. Pis. 47:

    Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?

    Cat. 29, 15 al. —
    (γ).
    With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):

    qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,

    other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:

    quod est aliud melle,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:

    neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:

    alius Lysippo,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 240:

    accusator alius Sejano,

    Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
    (δ).
    With praeter:

    nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:

    nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,

    Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:

    non est alius praeter eum,

    Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:

    rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 69:

    Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?

    id. Clu. 62:

    nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,

    Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
    (ε).
    With extra (eccl. Lat.):

    neque est alius extra te,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
    (ζ).
    With absque (eccl. Lat.):

    non est alius Deus absque te,

    Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
    (η).
    With praeterquam:

    cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,

    Liv. 3, 40.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:

    quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 111:

    latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,

    id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:

    alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,

    Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:

    cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;

    immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,

    id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:

    nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,

    Verg. E. 1, 65:

    alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,

    Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:

    Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:

    castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,

    Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:

    alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;

    alius autem pecuniam],

    id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:

    Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,

    Juv. 14, 321:

    Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,

    Plin. Pan. 72:

    aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,

    Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:

    aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,

    id. 5, 10, 60 al.:

    jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,

    Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
    B.
    Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.

    Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?

    one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:

    fallacia alia aliam trudit,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:

    fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:

    signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,

    some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:

    alius in alia est re magis utilis,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 111:

    alius ex alia parte,

    id. Verr. 1, 66:

    dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,

    Verg. G. 1, 276:

    ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:

    ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:

    habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,

    one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a

    l'autre,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:

    legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,

    id. ib. 2, 22:

    alius alia causa illata,

    id. ib. 1, 39:

    cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,

    Suet. Vesp. 6:

    alius alii subsidium ferunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    alius alio more viventes,

    each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:

    alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,

    id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:

    alii autem aliud clamabant,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32:

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,

    now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:

    aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:

    equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,

    some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:

    cum alii alio mitterentur,

    id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:

    jussit alios alibi fodere,

    Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
    C.
    Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:

    ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:

    aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,

    Cic. Fragm. C. 12:

    alid ex alio reficit natura,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:

    ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:

    alias ex aliis nectendo moras,

    Liv. 7, 39:

    aliam ex alia prolem,

    Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:

    nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,

    id. A. 3, 494:

    quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,

    Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:

    aliud super aliud scelus,

    id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:

    deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,

    Sall. J. 63, 5.—
    D.
    Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:

    eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,

    Cic. Or. 22, 72:

    alio atque alio loco requiescere,

    in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:

    inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2:

    cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,

    Liv. 1, 8:

    milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,

    id. 2, 2:

    luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,

    Plin. 2, 10:

    febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,

    Cels. 3, 3:

    cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,

    id. 5, 26:

    aliis atque aliis causis,

    Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:

    saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,

    id. ib. 36, 2:

    aliis post aliis minitari,

    id. ib. 55, 8.—
    E.
    Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:

    nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):

    alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 13:

    Huic aliud mercedis erit,

    Verg. E. 6, 26:

    longe alia mihi mens est,

    Sall. C. 52, 2:

    Vos aliam potatis aquam,

    Juv. 5, 52:

    lectus non alius cuiquam,

    id. 8, 178:

    ensesque recondit mors alia,

    Stat. Th. 7, 806:

    ostensus est in alia effigie,

    Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:

    alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:

    homines alii facti sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12:

    mutaberis in virum alium,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;

    qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,

    Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:

    frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 12:

    de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,

    id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
    F.
    Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:

    Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41:

    inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,

    Liv. 7, 26:

    vulgus aliud trucidatum,

    id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:

    legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,

    Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:

    cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,

    id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
    G.
    Like alter, one of two, the other of two:

    huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;

    magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,

    Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:

    duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,

    one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:

    ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,

    each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:

    marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,

    Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,

    alias partes fovere,

    the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:

    Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:

    classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,

    Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):

    ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,

    a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:

    alius Nero,

    Suet. Tit. 7.—
    H.
    A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:

    mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,

    than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:

    facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,

    Cat. 66, 28:

    Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,

    Verg. A. 4, 174:

    quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,

    Sall. J. 2, 4:

    quo non aliud atrocius visum,

    Tac. A. 6, 24:

    (Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,

    id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:

    non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,

    id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Of place:

    fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:

    ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,

    Liv. 32, 2:

    translatos alio maerebis amores,

    Hor. Epod. 15, 23:

    decurrens alio,

    id. S. 2, 1, 32:

    nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:

    Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,

    to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,

    Liv. 38, 30. —
    b.
    Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):

    illi suum animum alio conferunt,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:

    ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:

    hi narrata ferunt alio,

    Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:

    sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,

    id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:

    quoniam alio properare tempus monet,

    Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
    c.
    Of purpose or design:

    appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,

    for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:

    hoc longe alio spectabat,

    looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
    2.
    a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:

    hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,

    Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:

    nihil alio atque alio spargitur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
    b.
    Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:

    et ceteri quidem alius alio,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:

    aliud alio dissipavit,

    id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:

    quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
    c.
    Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;

    in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,

    for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:

    quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?

    Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
    B.
    ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
    C.
    ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
    1.
    Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
    a.
    At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.

    Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):

    sed alias jocabimur,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    sed plura scribemus alias,

    id. ib. 7, 6:

    et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,

    id. Planc. 18:

    nil oriturum alias,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:

    recte secusne, alias viderimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:

    Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;

    nunc, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:

    gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,

    Curt. 4, 3, 18:

    alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,

    id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;

    as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:

    consilio numquam alias dato,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:

    numquam ante alias,

    Liv. 2, 22, 7:

    non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,

    id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:

    si quando umquam ante alias,

    id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):

    Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,

    Suet. Aug. 75.—
    b.
    Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:

    Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:

    nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,

    id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:

    contentius alias, alias summissius,

    id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:

    cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:

    nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 51:

    geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,

    id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:

    hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,

    Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:

    illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
    c.
    Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:

    et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:

    alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,

    id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,

    id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:

    (deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,

    id. Red. in Sen. 30:

    ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,

    id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
    d.
    Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;

    also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:

    fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 11:

    quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:

    cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,

    id. Brut. 39, 144:

    cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,

    id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:

    neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,

    Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:

    nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,

    Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
    e.
    Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
    f.
    Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:

    ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,

    Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
    g.
    Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):

    non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,

    never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:

    non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,

    Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:

    non alias majore mole concursum,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;

    11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,

    id. Agr. 5:

    haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):

    Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,

    Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:

    sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,

    Macr. S. 5, 19.—
    3.
    Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:

    in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
    4.
    Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):

    non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 73:

    debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,

    by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
    5.
    Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
    D.
    ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
    1.
    With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
    a.
    With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:

    sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:

    aliter ac nos vellemus,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 23:

    de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,

    id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:

    si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:

    si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:

    Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    b.
    Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:

    Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,

    Verg. A. 4, 669:

    dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:

    nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:

    illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,

    id. 3, 51, 12:

    nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,

    Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:

    Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,

    Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:

    non aliter quam cum, etc.,

    Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:

    nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:

    Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,

    Verg. G. 1, 201:

    non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,

    Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:

    neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,

    id. 5, 8, 1:

    patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,

    Juv. 7, 220:

    successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,

    Tac. A. 6, 30.—
    * c.
    Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:

    cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,

    Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:

    qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
    e.
    Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:

    neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,

    Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
    2.
    Without a comparative clause expressed.
    a.
    In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:

    vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,

    though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:

    tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:

    ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,

    in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:

    Si quis aliter docet,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:

    quae aliter se habent,

    ib. ib. 5, 25:

    Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,

    Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:

    non fuit faciendum aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:

    Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?

    Juv. 3, 281:

    aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,

    Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:

    haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),

    Verg. A. 9, 65:

    haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,

    id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:

    non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,

    Hor. Epod. 14, 10:

    neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,

    id. C. 1, 18, 4:

    neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,

    Tac. H. 5, 19:

    nec aliter expiari potest,

    Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;

    Fieri aliter non potest,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;

    fieri non potuit aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
    b.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:

    verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,

    Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):

    amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:

    dis aliter visum,

    Verg. A. 2, 428:

    sin aliter tibi videtur,

    Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
    (β).
    Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:

    sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;

    ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:

    jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:

    si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,

    Nep. Them. 7 fin.:

    aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,

    Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:

    aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,

    Verg. A. 6, 147:

    veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,

    Tac. H. 4, 59:

    quoniam aliter non possem,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
    (δ).
    Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:

    aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,

    Tac. Or. 32:

    Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:

    aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,

    id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,

    Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
    (ε).
    With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):

    quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:

    hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,

    Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
    (ζ).
    Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):

    non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,

    Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:

    idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,

    id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Alius

  • 31 alius

    1.
    Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):

    postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
    2.
    ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:

    alis rare,

    Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    alid more freq.,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:

    aliae,

    Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:

    ali,

    Lucr. 6, 1226:

    alio,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:

    aliae,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
    I.
    A.. In gen.:

    eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:

    alios multos,

    Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:

    plures alios,

    ib. ib. 12, 5:

    cum aliis pluribus,

    ib. Act. 15, 35:

    an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?

    Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:

    dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:

    nec quisquam alius affuit,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 269:

    panem vel aliud quidquam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:

    quidquid aliud dare,

    Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:

    ALIS NE POTESTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 12:

    adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:

    aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,

    Lucr. 3, 918:

    ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:

    nisi quid pater ait aliud,

    id. And. 5, 4, 47:

    si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:

    quodcumque alid auget,

    Lucr. 5, 257:

    Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,

    Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:

    tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    L. Aemilius alius vir erat,

    Liv. 44, 18:

    Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,

    Juv. 12, 24:

    alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:

    nemo alius,

    Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:

    alius nemo,

    Cic. Quinct. 76:

    plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,

    Cels. 2, 18:

    aliud esse causae suspicamur,

    Cic. Fl. 39:

    Anne aliud tunc praefecti?

    Juv. 4, 78:

    estne viris reliqui aliud,

    Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:

    aliud auxilii,

    Tac. A. 5, 8:

    aliud subsidii,

    id. ib. 12, 46:

    alia honorum,

    id. ib. 1, 9:

    alia sumptuum,

    id. ib. 15, 15:

    sunt alia quae magis timeam,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:

    haec aliaque,

    Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —

    Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?

    Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):

    ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 6:

    utar post alio, si invenero melius,

    something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,

    si in aliud tempus differetur,

    Caes. B C. 1, 86:

    an alium exspectamus?

    Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:

    siti magis quam alia re accenditur,

    Sall. J. 89, 5:

    neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,

    Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
    Instances of the rare gen.
    alius:

    alius generis bestiae,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:

    alius ingenii,

    Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:

    alius ordinis,

    Amm. 30, 5, 10:

    artificis aliusve,

    Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:

    alius coloris,

    Non. p. 450:

    nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,

    Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
    B.
    In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
    (α).
    With atque, ac, or et:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:

    potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,

    id. Att. 11, 10:

    res alio modo est ac putatur,

    id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9:

    longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:

    alia atque antea sentiret,

    id. Hann. 2, 2:

    lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,

    is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
    (β).
    With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):

    amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,

    nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:

    neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 13:

    erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,

    id. de Or. 2, 12:

    Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?

    id. Phil. 8, 3:

    nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,

    id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:

    quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?

    id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,

    Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:

    Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,

    id. Lys. 1, 4:

    neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,

    id. Eum. 1, 2:

    Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,

    Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;

    Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,

    Cic. Sest. 6, 13:

    ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:

    et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,

    id. 2, 63; 31, 24:

    sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,

    id. 2, 29:

    ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,

    id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:

    quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?

    Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,

    Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?

    Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:

    te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:

    quod alium quam se cooptassent,

    Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:

    Quid te aliud sollicitat?

    id. ib. 1, 2, 82:

    Quid aliud tibi vis?

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:

    Numquid vis aliud?

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:

    Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,

    Juv. 12, 48:

    Quid enim est aliud Antonius?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 70:

    Quid est aliud furere?

    id. Pis. 47:

    Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?

    Cat. 29, 15 al. —
    (γ).
    With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):

    qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,

    other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:

    quod est aliud melle,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:

    neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:

    alius Lysippo,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 240:

    accusator alius Sejano,

    Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
    (δ).
    With praeter:

    nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:

    nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,

    Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:

    non est alius praeter eum,

    Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:

    rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 69:

    Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?

    id. Clu. 62:

    nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,

    Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
    (ε).
    With extra (eccl. Lat.):

    neque est alius extra te,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
    (ζ).
    With absque (eccl. Lat.):

    non est alius Deus absque te,

    Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
    (η).
    With praeterquam:

    cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,

    Liv. 3, 40.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:

    quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 111:

    latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,

    id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:

    alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,

    Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:

    cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;

    immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,

    id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:

    nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,

    Verg. E. 1, 65:

    alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,

    Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:

    Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:

    castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,

    Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:

    alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;

    alius autem pecuniam],

    id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:

    Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,

    Juv. 14, 321:

    Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,

    Plin. Pan. 72:

    aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,

    Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:

    aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,

    id. 5, 10, 60 al.:

    jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,

    Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
    B.
    Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.

    Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?

    one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:

    fallacia alia aliam trudit,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:

    fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:

    signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,

    some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:

    alius in alia est re magis utilis,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 111:

    alius ex alia parte,

    id. Verr. 1, 66:

    dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,

    Verg. G. 1, 276:

    ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:

    ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:

    habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,

    one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a

    l'autre,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:

    legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,

    id. ib. 2, 22:

    alius alia causa illata,

    id. ib. 1, 39:

    cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,

    Suet. Vesp. 6:

    alius alii subsidium ferunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    alius alio more viventes,

    each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:

    alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,

    id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:

    alii autem aliud clamabant,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32:

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,

    now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:

    aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:

    equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,

    some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:

    cum alii alio mitterentur,

    id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:

    jussit alios alibi fodere,

    Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
    C.
    Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:

    ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:

    aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,

    Cic. Fragm. C. 12:

    alid ex alio reficit natura,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:

    ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:

    alias ex aliis nectendo moras,

    Liv. 7, 39:

    aliam ex alia prolem,

    Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:

    nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,

    id. A. 3, 494:

    quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,

    Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:

    aliud super aliud scelus,

    id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:

    deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,

    Sall. J. 63, 5.—
    D.
    Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:

    eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,

    Cic. Or. 22, 72:

    alio atque alio loco requiescere,

    in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:

    inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2:

    cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,

    Liv. 1, 8:

    milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,

    id. 2, 2:

    luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,

    Plin. 2, 10:

    febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,

    Cels. 3, 3:

    cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,

    id. 5, 26:

    aliis atque aliis causis,

    Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:

    saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,

    id. ib. 36, 2:

    aliis post aliis minitari,

    id. ib. 55, 8.—
    E.
    Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:

    nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):

    alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 13:

    Huic aliud mercedis erit,

    Verg. E. 6, 26:

    longe alia mihi mens est,

    Sall. C. 52, 2:

    Vos aliam potatis aquam,

    Juv. 5, 52:

    lectus non alius cuiquam,

    id. 8, 178:

    ensesque recondit mors alia,

    Stat. Th. 7, 806:

    ostensus est in alia effigie,

    Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:

    alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:

    homines alii facti sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12:

    mutaberis in virum alium,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;

    qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,

    Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:

    frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 12:

    de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,

    id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
    F.
    Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:

    Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41:

    inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,

    Liv. 7, 26:

    vulgus aliud trucidatum,

    id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:

    legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,

    Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:

    cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,

    id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
    G.
    Like alter, one of two, the other of two:

    huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;

    magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,

    Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:

    duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,

    one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:

    ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,

    each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:

    marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,

    Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,

    alias partes fovere,

    the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:

    Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:

    classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,

    Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):

    ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,

    a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:

    alius Nero,

    Suet. Tit. 7.—
    H.
    A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:

    mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,

    than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:

    facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,

    Cat. 66, 28:

    Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,

    Verg. A. 4, 174:

    quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,

    Sall. J. 2, 4:

    quo non aliud atrocius visum,

    Tac. A. 6, 24:

    (Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,

    id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:

    non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,

    id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Of place:

    fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:

    ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,

    Liv. 32, 2:

    translatos alio maerebis amores,

    Hor. Epod. 15, 23:

    decurrens alio,

    id. S. 2, 1, 32:

    nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:

    Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,

    to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,

    Liv. 38, 30. —
    b.
    Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):

    illi suum animum alio conferunt,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:

    ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:

    hi narrata ferunt alio,

    Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:

    sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,

    id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:

    quoniam alio properare tempus monet,

    Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
    c.
    Of purpose or design:

    appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,

    for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:

    hoc longe alio spectabat,

    looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
    2.
    a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:

    hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,

    Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:

    nihil alio atque alio spargitur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
    b.
    Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:

    et ceteri quidem alius alio,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:

    aliud alio dissipavit,

    id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:

    quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
    c.
    Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;

    in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,

    for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:

    quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?

    Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
    B.
    ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
    C.
    ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
    1.
    Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
    a.
    At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.

    Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):

    sed alias jocabimur,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    sed plura scribemus alias,

    id. ib. 7, 6:

    et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,

    id. Planc. 18:

    nil oriturum alias,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:

    recte secusne, alias viderimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:

    Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;

    nunc, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:

    gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,

    Curt. 4, 3, 18:

    alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,

    id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;

    as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:

    consilio numquam alias dato,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:

    numquam ante alias,

    Liv. 2, 22, 7:

    non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,

    id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:

    si quando umquam ante alias,

    id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):

    Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,

    Suet. Aug. 75.—
    b.
    Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:

    Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:

    nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,

    id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:

    contentius alias, alias summissius,

    id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:

    cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:

    nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 51:

    geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,

    id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:

    hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,

    Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:

    illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
    c.
    Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:

    et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:

    alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,

    id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,

    id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:

    (deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,

    id. Red. in Sen. 30:

    ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,

    id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
    d.
    Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;

    also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:

    fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 11:

    quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:

    cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,

    id. Brut. 39, 144:

    cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,

    id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:

    neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,

    Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:

    nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,

    Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
    e.
    Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
    f.
    Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:

    ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,

    Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
    g.
    Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):

    non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,

    never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:

    non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,

    Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:

    non alias majore mole concursum,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;

    11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,

    id. Agr. 5:

    haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):

    Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,

    Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:

    sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,

    Macr. S. 5, 19.—
    3.
    Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:

    in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
    4.
    Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):

    non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 73:

    debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,

    by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
    5.
    Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
    D.
    ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
    1.
    With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
    a.
    With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:

    sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:

    aliter ac nos vellemus,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 23:

    de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,

    id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:

    si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:

    si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:

    Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    b.
    Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:

    Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,

    Verg. A. 4, 669:

    dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:

    nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:

    illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,

    id. 3, 51, 12:

    nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,

    Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:

    Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,

    Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:

    non aliter quam cum, etc.,

    Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:

    nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:

    Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,

    Verg. G. 1, 201:

    non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,

    Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:

    neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,

    id. 5, 8, 1:

    patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,

    Juv. 7, 220:

    successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,

    Tac. A. 6, 30.—
    * c.
    Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:

    cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,

    Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:

    qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
    e.
    Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:

    neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,

    Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
    2.
    Without a comparative clause expressed.
    a.
    In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:

    vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,

    though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:

    tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:

    ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,

    in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:

    Si quis aliter docet,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:

    quae aliter se habent,

    ib. ib. 5, 25:

    Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,

    Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:

    non fuit faciendum aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:

    Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?

    Juv. 3, 281:

    aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,

    Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:

    haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),

    Verg. A. 9, 65:

    haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,

    id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:

    non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,

    Hor. Epod. 14, 10:

    neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,

    id. C. 1, 18, 4:

    neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,

    Tac. H. 5, 19:

    nec aliter expiari potest,

    Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;

    Fieri aliter non potest,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;

    fieri non potuit aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
    b.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:

    verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,

    Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):

    amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:

    dis aliter visum,

    Verg. A. 2, 428:

    sin aliter tibi videtur,

    Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
    (β).
    Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:

    sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;

    ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:

    jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:

    si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,

    Nep. Them. 7 fin.:

    aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,

    Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:

    aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,

    Verg. A. 6, 147:

    veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,

    Tac. H. 4, 59:

    quoniam aliter non possem,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
    (δ).
    Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:

    aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,

    Tac. Or. 32:

    Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:

    aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,

    id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,

    Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
    (ε).
    With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):

    quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:

    hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,

    Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
    (ζ).
    Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):

    non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,

    Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:

    idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,

    id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alius

  • 32 Gratia

    grātĭa, ae, f. [gratus; lit., favor, both that in which one stands with others and that which one shows to others].
    I.
    (Acc. to gratus, I.) Favor which one finds with others, esteem, regard, liking, love, friendship (syn. favor):

    pluris pauciorum gratiam faciunt pars hominum quam id quod prosint pluribus,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 12:

    perspicio nihili meam vos facere gratiam,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 68:

    ut majores ejus (Plancii) summum in praefectura florentissima gradum tenuerint et dignitatis et gratiae,

    Cic. Planc. 13, 32; cf.:

    Sex. Roscius gratia atque hospitiis florens hominum nobilissimorum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    deinde si maxime talis est deus, ut nulla gratia, nulla hominum caritate teneatur, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 44, 124:

    neque quo Cn. Pompeii gratiam mihi per hanc causam conciliari putem,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70; cf.:

    aliquem restituere in gratiam,

    id. Prov. Cons. 9, 23:

    aliquem restituere in ejus veterem gratiam,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 3:

    in gratiam reducere,

    id. Rab. Post. 8, 19; cf.

    also: cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    to reconcile one's self with one, id. Att. 1, 14, 7; Nep. Alcib. 5, 1; id. Thras. 3 fin.; id. Dat. 8, 5 al.:

    alicujus gratiam sequi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3; cf.:

    si suam gratiam Romani velint, posse eis utiles esse amicos,

    id. B. G. 4, 7, 4:

    ab aliquo inire gratiam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 113:

    a bonis omnibus summam inire gratiam,

    id. Att. 7, 9, 3:

    magnam inire gratiam,

    id. Fin. 4, 12, 31:

    quantam eo facto ad plebem inierat gratiam,

    Liv. 33, 46, 7:

    apud regem gratiam initam volebant,

    id. 36, 5, 3:

    at te apud eum, dii boni, quanta in gratia posui!

    Cic. Att. 6, 6, 4; cf. id. ib. 5, 11, 6; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6 fin.;

    with a different construction: apud Lentulum ponam te in gratiam (Ern. conj. in gratia),

    Cic. Att. 5, 3, 3:

    cum aliquo in laude et in gratia esse,

    id. Verr. 1, 17, 51; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    inter vos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17 Ruhnk.:

    plerique (in divortio) cum bona gratia discedunt,

    Dig. 24, 1, 32, § 10;

    without bona: cum istuc quod postulo impetro cum gratia,

    with a good grace, Ter. And. 2, 5, 11:

    omnia quae potui in hac summa tua gratia ac potentia a te impetrare,

    credit, influence, Cic. Fam. 13, 29, 5; cf.:

    Iccius Remus, summa nobilitate et gratia inter suos,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6, 4; 1, 43, 8:

    gratiā plurimum posse,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 3; 1, 20, 2; cf.:

    quantum gratia, auctoritate, pecunia valent,

    id. ib. 7, 63, 1:

    gratiā valere,

    id. B. C. 2, 44, 1:

    inproba quamvis Gratia fallaci praetoris vicerit urna,

    Juv. 13, 4:

    quem triumphum magis gratiae quam rerum gestarum magnitudini datum constabat,

    Liv. 40, 59, 1.—In plur.:

    L. Murenae provincia multas bonas gratias cum optima existimatione attulit,

    tokens of favor, Cic. Mur. 20, 42:

    cum haec res plurimas gratias, firmissimas amicitias pariat,

    id. ib. 11, 24:

    non hominum potentium studio, non excellentibus gratiis paucorum, sed universi populi Romani judicio consulem factum,

    id. Agr. 2, 3, 7.—
    B.
    Transf., objectively, like the Gr. charis, agreeableness, pleasantness, charm, beauty, loveliness, grace (only poet. and in post-Aug. prose;

    esp. freq. in Quint.): gratia formae,

    Ov. M. 7, 44; Suet. Tit. 3:

    corporis,

    id. Vit. 3; id. Vit. Ter. 1; Plin. 28, 19, 79, § 260:

    quid ille gratiae in vultu ostenderit,

    Quint. 6 prooem. § 7; cf. id. 6, 3, 26:

    unica nec desit jocundis gratia verbis,

    charm, Prop. 1, 2, 29; cf.: neque abest facundis gratia dictis, Ov. M. 13, 127:

    plenus est jucunditatis et gratiae (Horatius),

    Quint. 10, 1, 96:

    sermonis Attici,

    id. ib. 65;

    12, 10, 35: dicendi,

    id. 9, 3, 74:

    brevitatis novitatisque,

    id. ib. 58:

    omnis bene scriptorum,

    id. 11, 2, 46 et saep.; Cels. 4, 29 med.:

    uvis et vinis gratiam affert fumus fabrilis,

    Plin. 14, 1, 3, § 16; id. 17, 9, 6, § 53. —Hence,
    2.
    As a nom. propr.: Grātiae, ārum, f., a transl. of the Gr. Charites, the goddesses of favor, loveliness, grace, etc., the three Graces, Aglaia, Euphrosyne, and Thalia, daughters of Jupiter and Eurynome, Sen. Ben. 1, 3, 3; Serv. Verg. A. 1, 720; Hor. C. 1, 4, 6; 1, 30, 6; 3, 19, 16; 3, 21, 22; Quint. 10, 1, 82.—In sing.: Grātia, ae, collect., Ov. M. 6, 429.
    II. A.
    In gen. (rare): ita mihi Telamonis patris, avi Aeaci et proavi Jovis grata est gratia, Enn. ap. Non. 85, 23 (Trag. v. 367 Vahl.):

    ergo ab eo petito gratiam istam,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 63; cf.:

    gratiam a patre si petimus, spero ab eo impetrassere,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 23:

    petivit in beneficii loco et gratiae, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 82, § 189; cf.:

    quod beneficii gratiaeque causa concessit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 48 fin.:

    hanc gratiam ut sibi des,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 30:

    juris jurandi volo gratiam facias,

    excuse, release, Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 59; cf.:

    alicui delicti gratiam facere,

    to grant pardon, forgive, Sall. J. 104 fin. Kritz.:

    qui mihi atque animo meo nullius umquam delicti gratiam fecissem,

    id. Cat. 52, 8; cf.

    also: quibus senatus belli Lepidani gratiam fecerat,

    id. Fragm. 3, 34 Gerl.:

    alii ipsi professi se pugnaturos in gratiam ducis,

    to please, for the sake of, Liv. 28, 21, 4; cf.:

    deletam urbem cernimus eorum, quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,

    id. 28, 39, 12 Drak.:

    in gratiam alicujus,

    id. 35, 2, 6; 39, 26, 12; Vell. 2, 41, 2; Suet. Tib. 49 al.; cf.

    also: data visceratio in praeteritam judicii gratiam,

    for the favor shown him on the trial, Liv. 8, 22, 4:

    nil ibi majorum respectus, gratia nulla umbrarum,

    Juv. 8, 64.—
    B.
    In partic., a mark of favor shown for a service rendered, thanks (by word or deed), thankfulness, gratitude; acknowledgment, return, requital (the form with agere of returning thanks is the plur., but with habere, referre, debere, nearly always in sing.; but when thanks are due to or rendered by more than one person, the form gratias referre, etc., may be used; v. infra., and cf. Krebs. Antibarb. p. 505):

    quae (gratia) in memoria et remuneratione officiorum et honoris et amicitiarum observantiam teneat,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 66; cf.:

    gratia est, in qua amicitiarum et officiorum alterius memoria et remunerandi voluntas continetur,

    id. ib. 2, 53, 161:

    immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam: nam relaturum me affirmare non possum,

    id. Fam. 10, 11, 1; cf.:

    renuntiate, gratias regi me agere: referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse, quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37, 8 (v. ago):

    dīs gratias agere... si referre studeant gratias,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26 sq.:

    L. Lucceius meus, homo omnium gratissimus, mirificas tibi apud me gratias egit, cum diceret, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 42, 1:

    eique amplissimis verbis per senatus consultum gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 1, 3:

    Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter,

    id. Fam. 1, 10:

    justissimas gratias agere,

    id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    quamquam gratiarum actionem a te non desiderabam, etc.,

    id. Fam. 10, 19, 1:

    nunc tecum sic agam, tulisse ut potius injuriam, quam retulisse gratiam videar,

    to have made a return, requital, recompense, id. Sull. 16, 47 fin.:

    magno meo beneficio affecti cumulatissime mihi gratiam retulerunt,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 1:

    praeclaram vero populo Romano refers gratiam,

    id. Cat. 1, 11, 28:

    ut pro tantis eorum in rem publicam meritis honores eis habeantur gratiaeque referantur,

    id. Phil. 3, 15, 39; cf. id. ib. 3, 10, 25:

    me omnibus, si minus referenda gratia satisfacere potuerim, at praedicanda et habenda certe satis esse facturum,

    if I cannot requite... I can extol, id. Balb. 1, 2; cf.: nimirum inops ille, si bonus est vir, etiam si referre gratiam non potest, habere certe potest. Commode autem quicumque dixit, pecuniam qui habeat, non reddidisse; qui reddiderit, non habere: gratiam autem et qui retulerit, habere et qui habeat retulisse, id. Off. 2, 20, 69; id. Planc. 28, 68; cf. id. ib. 42, 101; id. Fam. 5, 11, 1:

    gratias habere,

    Liv. 24, 37, 7:

    alicui summas gratias habere,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 33:

    alicui maximas infinitasque agere atque habere gratias, quod, etc.,

    Vitr. 6 praef. 4:

    merito vestro maximas vobis gratias omnes et agere et habere debemus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    meritam dīs immortalibus gratiam justis honoribus et memori mente persolvere,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    pro beneficio gratiam repetere,

    Liv. 1, 47, 7:

    gratias ob hoc agere, quod, etc.,

    Liv. 54, 50, 4; so with ob, Plin. Ep. 9, 31, 21; Treb. Pol. Trig. Tyr. 10, 9:

    pro tuo summo beneficio gratias agere,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; Liv. 23, 11, 12; Plin, Pan. 25, 1; cf. Gell. 9, 3, 5:

    dum carmine nostro Redditur agricolis gratia caelitibus,

    Tib. 2, 1, 36; cf.:

    hoc certe justitiae convenit suum cuique reddere, beneficio gratiam, injuriae talionem aut certe malam gratiam,

    Sen. Ep. 81 med.;

    rarely: in gratiam habere (=ita accipere, ut ad gratiam comparandam valere putet),

    to accept as thankworthy, Sall. J. 111, 1:

    unum vis curem: curo. Et est dīs gratia, Cum ita, ut volo, est,

    I thank, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 58; cf.: Er. Eamus intro, ut prandeamus. Me. Bene vocas: tam gratia est, no, I'm much obliged to you (the negative being omitted, as in the Fr. je vous remercie, and the Germ. ich danke sehr), Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36.—Ellipt.: fores effregit? restituentur;

    discidit Vestem? resarcietur: est, dīs gratia, Et unde haec fiant, et adhuc non molesta sunt,

    thank Heaven, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 41.—With acc. and inf. (anteclass. and post-Aug.):

    dīs gratias agebat, tempus sibi dari, etc.,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 6; Tac. H. 4, 64; cf. Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 4; id. And. 1, 1, 15.—Hence, as adverbs:
    A.
    grātĭā (acc. to II. A.), lit., in favor of, on account of, for the sake of; hence, in gen., on account of (usually placed after the gen., in Quint. a few times before it; cf.: causa, ergo).
    (α).
    With gen.:

    sed neque longioribus quam oportet hyperbatis compositioni serviamus, ne quae ejus gratia fecerimus, propter eam fecisse videamur,

    lest what we have done to embellish the style we should seem to have done merely on account of the construction we had chosen, Quint. 9, 4, 144:

    tantum abest, ut haec bestiarum etiam causa parata sint, ut ipsas bestias hominum gratia generatas esse videamus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 63, 158: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69 (Trag. v. 316 Vahl.); cf.:

    honoris gratia nomino,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 28:

    nuptiarum gratia haec sunt ficta atque incepta omnia,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 17:

    simulabat sese negotii gratia properare,

    Sall. J. 76, 1: hominem occisum esse constat;

    non praedae gratia: quia inspoliatus est,

    Quint. 7, 1, 33; cf.:

    hereditatis gratia,

    id. 5, 12, 5:

    quem censores senatu probri gratia moverant,

    Sall. C. 23, 1:

    profectus gratia dicere,

    Quint. 2, 10, 9:

    brevitatis gratia,

    id. 4, 2, 43:

    decoris gratia,

    id. 8, 6, 65:

    difficultatis gratia,

    id. 9, 2, 77:

    aut invidiae gratia... aut miserationis,

    id. 9, 2, 8:

    praesentis gratia litis,

    id. 2, 7, 4 al. —With gerund.: duxit me uxorem liberorum sibi quaesendum gratia, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 258 Müll. (Trag. v. 161 Vahl.):

    ut aut voluptates omittantur majorum voluptatum adipiscendarum causa, aut dolores suscipiantur majorum dolorum effugiendorum gratia,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 36; cf. Caes. B. G. 7, 43, 2:

    tentandi gratia,

    Sall. J. 47, 2:

    hiemandi gratia,

    id. ib. 61, 3:

    colloquendi gratia,

    id. ib. 61, 4:

    placandi gratia,

    id. ib. 71, 5:

    simulandi gratia,

    id. ib. 37, 4:

    sui exposcendi gratia,

    Nep. Hann. 7, 6:

    amplificandi gratia... vel miserandi,

    Quint. 9, 3, 28:

    elevandae invidiae gratia,

    id. 5, 13, 40:

    recuperandae dignitatis gratia,

    id. 11, 1, 79:

    vitandae similitudinis gratia,

    id. 9, 1, 11 al. —Ellipt.: ejus generis hae sunt quaestiones. Si, exempli gratia, vir bonus Alexandria Rhodum magnum frumenti numerum advexerit, etc., for example, for instance (for the usual exempli causa; so,

    verbi gratia, for verbi causa, infra),

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50; so,

    exempli gratia,

    Plin. 2, 41, 41, § 110;

    for which in full: pauca tamen exempli gratia ponam,

    Quint. 6, 5, 6:

    eorum unam discordiam ponemus exempli gratia,

    Plin. 18, 25, 57, § 213:

    propter aliam quampiam rem, verbi gratia propter voluptatem,

    for instance, Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 30.—Placed before the [p. 826] gen.:

    gratiā decoris,

    Quint. 8 praef. §

    18: compositionis,

    id. 9, 4, 58:

    lenitatis,

    id. 9, 4, 144:

    significationis,

    id. 8, 6, 2.—
    (β).
    With pron. (mostly ante-class.):

    meā gratiā,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 64; id. Ps. 5, 2, 3:

    qui nihil ocius venit tamen hac gratia,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 5; cf.:

    abire istac gratia,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 138: (Medea) per agros passim dispergit corpus: id eā gratiā, Ut, etc., Poët. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 26, 67; so,

    eā gratiā,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 8; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 20; id. Hec. 4, 3, 11:

    sed huc qua gratia te arcessi jussi, ausculta,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 19; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 79:

    id ea gratia eveniebat, quod nemo ex fuga regem sequitur,

    Sall. J. 54, 4:

    id ea gratia facilius fuit, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 80, 4.—
    B.
    grā-tĭīs (always as a trisyll. in ante-class. poets; Pompon. Com. Fragm. v. 110 Rib.; Plaut. As. prol. 5; id. Ep. 3, 4, 38; Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26; cf. Charis. p. 1806; so in Cic. Verr. 2, 4 and 5 Halm), and contr., grātīs (since the class. per.; acc. to II. A.), lit., out of favor or kindness; hence, pregn., without recompense or reward, for nothing, gratuitously, gratis, proika (cf.:

    gratuito, nequidquam, frustra): quae (psaltria) quantum potest Aliquo abicienda est, si non pretio, at gratiis,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26; cf. Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 46:

    si mihi dantur duo talenta argenti numerata in manum, Hanc tibi noctem honoris causa gratiis dono dabo,

    id. As. 1, 3, 38 sq.:

    quam introduxistis fidicinam, atque etiam fides, Ei quae accessere, tibi addam dono gratiis,

    into the bargain, to boot, id. Ep. 3, 4, 38:

    quae Romae magna cum infamia pretio accepto edixeras, ea sola te, ne gratis in provincia male audires, ex edicto Siciliensi sustulisse video,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 118:

    hic primum questus est non leviter Saturius, communem factum esse gratis cum Roscio, qui pretio proprius fuisset Fanni,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 27:

    gratis dare alicui (opp. pretium accipere ab aliquo),

    Mart. 14, 175, 2:

    id me scis antea gratis tibi esse pollicitum. Quid nunc putas, tanta mihi abs te mercede proposita?

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7:

    gratis rei publicae servire,

    id. Clu. 26, 71:

    tantum gratis pagina nostra placet,

    Mart. 5, 16, 10:

    virtutes omnes per se ipsas gratis diligere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 26, 83.—Opp. for payment:

    is repente, ut Romam venit, gratis praetor factus est. Alia porro pecunia ne accusaretur data,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 39, 101; cf. id. ib. 2, 5, 19, §

    48: habitent gratis in alieno?

    id. Off. 2, 23, 83; so,

    habitare in aedibus alienis,

    Dig. 39, 5, 9:

    habitationem cui dare,

    free of cost, ib. 19, 2, 53, § 2; Mart. 10, 3, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Gratia

  • 33 gratia

    grātĭa, ae, f. [gratus; lit., favor, both that in which one stands with others and that which one shows to others].
    I.
    (Acc. to gratus, I.) Favor which one finds with others, esteem, regard, liking, love, friendship (syn. favor):

    pluris pauciorum gratiam faciunt pars hominum quam id quod prosint pluribus,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 12:

    perspicio nihili meam vos facere gratiam,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 68:

    ut majores ejus (Plancii) summum in praefectura florentissima gradum tenuerint et dignitatis et gratiae,

    Cic. Planc. 13, 32; cf.:

    Sex. Roscius gratia atque hospitiis florens hominum nobilissimorum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    deinde si maxime talis est deus, ut nulla gratia, nulla hominum caritate teneatur, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 44, 124:

    neque quo Cn. Pompeii gratiam mihi per hanc causam conciliari putem,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70; cf.:

    aliquem restituere in gratiam,

    id. Prov. Cons. 9, 23:

    aliquem restituere in ejus veterem gratiam,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 3:

    in gratiam reducere,

    id. Rab. Post. 8, 19; cf.

    also: cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    to reconcile one's self with one, id. Att. 1, 14, 7; Nep. Alcib. 5, 1; id. Thras. 3 fin.; id. Dat. 8, 5 al.:

    alicujus gratiam sequi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3; cf.:

    si suam gratiam Romani velint, posse eis utiles esse amicos,

    id. B. G. 4, 7, 4:

    ab aliquo inire gratiam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 113:

    a bonis omnibus summam inire gratiam,

    id. Att. 7, 9, 3:

    magnam inire gratiam,

    id. Fin. 4, 12, 31:

    quantam eo facto ad plebem inierat gratiam,

    Liv. 33, 46, 7:

    apud regem gratiam initam volebant,

    id. 36, 5, 3:

    at te apud eum, dii boni, quanta in gratia posui!

    Cic. Att. 6, 6, 4; cf. id. ib. 5, 11, 6; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6 fin.;

    with a different construction: apud Lentulum ponam te in gratiam (Ern. conj. in gratia),

    Cic. Att. 5, 3, 3:

    cum aliquo in laude et in gratia esse,

    id. Verr. 1, 17, 51; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    inter vos sic haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17 Ruhnk.:

    plerique (in divortio) cum bona gratia discedunt,

    Dig. 24, 1, 32, § 10;

    without bona: cum istuc quod postulo impetro cum gratia,

    with a good grace, Ter. And. 2, 5, 11:

    omnia quae potui in hac summa tua gratia ac potentia a te impetrare,

    credit, influence, Cic. Fam. 13, 29, 5; cf.:

    Iccius Remus, summa nobilitate et gratia inter suos,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6, 4; 1, 43, 8:

    gratiā plurimum posse,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 3; 1, 20, 2; cf.:

    quantum gratia, auctoritate, pecunia valent,

    id. ib. 7, 63, 1:

    gratiā valere,

    id. B. C. 2, 44, 1:

    inproba quamvis Gratia fallaci praetoris vicerit urna,

    Juv. 13, 4:

    quem triumphum magis gratiae quam rerum gestarum magnitudini datum constabat,

    Liv. 40, 59, 1.—In plur.:

    L. Murenae provincia multas bonas gratias cum optima existimatione attulit,

    tokens of favor, Cic. Mur. 20, 42:

    cum haec res plurimas gratias, firmissimas amicitias pariat,

    id. ib. 11, 24:

    non hominum potentium studio, non excellentibus gratiis paucorum, sed universi populi Romani judicio consulem factum,

    id. Agr. 2, 3, 7.—
    B.
    Transf., objectively, like the Gr. charis, agreeableness, pleasantness, charm, beauty, loveliness, grace (only poet. and in post-Aug. prose;

    esp. freq. in Quint.): gratia formae,

    Ov. M. 7, 44; Suet. Tit. 3:

    corporis,

    id. Vit. 3; id. Vit. Ter. 1; Plin. 28, 19, 79, § 260:

    quid ille gratiae in vultu ostenderit,

    Quint. 6 prooem. § 7; cf. id. 6, 3, 26:

    unica nec desit jocundis gratia verbis,

    charm, Prop. 1, 2, 29; cf.: neque abest facundis gratia dictis, Ov. M. 13, 127:

    plenus est jucunditatis et gratiae (Horatius),

    Quint. 10, 1, 96:

    sermonis Attici,

    id. ib. 65;

    12, 10, 35: dicendi,

    id. 9, 3, 74:

    brevitatis novitatisque,

    id. ib. 58:

    omnis bene scriptorum,

    id. 11, 2, 46 et saep.; Cels. 4, 29 med.:

    uvis et vinis gratiam affert fumus fabrilis,

    Plin. 14, 1, 3, § 16; id. 17, 9, 6, § 53. —Hence,
    2.
    As a nom. propr.: Grātiae, ārum, f., a transl. of the Gr. Charites, the goddesses of favor, loveliness, grace, etc., the three Graces, Aglaia, Euphrosyne, and Thalia, daughters of Jupiter and Eurynome, Sen. Ben. 1, 3, 3; Serv. Verg. A. 1, 720; Hor. C. 1, 4, 6; 1, 30, 6; 3, 19, 16; 3, 21, 22; Quint. 10, 1, 82.—In sing.: Grātia, ae, collect., Ov. M. 6, 429.
    II. A.
    In gen. (rare): ita mihi Telamonis patris, avi Aeaci et proavi Jovis grata est gratia, Enn. ap. Non. 85, 23 (Trag. v. 367 Vahl.):

    ergo ab eo petito gratiam istam,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 63; cf.:

    gratiam a patre si petimus, spero ab eo impetrassere,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 23:

    petivit in beneficii loco et gratiae, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 82, § 189; cf.:

    quod beneficii gratiaeque causa concessit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 48 fin.:

    hanc gratiam ut sibi des,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 30:

    juris jurandi volo gratiam facias,

    excuse, release, Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 59; cf.:

    alicui delicti gratiam facere,

    to grant pardon, forgive, Sall. J. 104 fin. Kritz.:

    qui mihi atque animo meo nullius umquam delicti gratiam fecissem,

    id. Cat. 52, 8; cf.

    also: quibus senatus belli Lepidani gratiam fecerat,

    id. Fragm. 3, 34 Gerl.:

    alii ipsi professi se pugnaturos in gratiam ducis,

    to please, for the sake of, Liv. 28, 21, 4; cf.:

    deletam urbem cernimus eorum, quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,

    id. 28, 39, 12 Drak.:

    in gratiam alicujus,

    id. 35, 2, 6; 39, 26, 12; Vell. 2, 41, 2; Suet. Tib. 49 al.; cf.

    also: data visceratio in praeteritam judicii gratiam,

    for the favor shown him on the trial, Liv. 8, 22, 4:

    nil ibi majorum respectus, gratia nulla umbrarum,

    Juv. 8, 64.—
    B.
    In partic., a mark of favor shown for a service rendered, thanks (by word or deed), thankfulness, gratitude; acknowledgment, return, requital (the form with agere of returning thanks is the plur., but with habere, referre, debere, nearly always in sing.; but when thanks are due to or rendered by more than one person, the form gratias referre, etc., may be used; v. infra., and cf. Krebs. Antibarb. p. 505):

    quae (gratia) in memoria et remuneratione officiorum et honoris et amicitiarum observantiam teneat,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 66; cf.:

    gratia est, in qua amicitiarum et officiorum alterius memoria et remunerandi voluntas continetur,

    id. ib. 2, 53, 161:

    immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam: nam relaturum me affirmare non possum,

    id. Fam. 10, 11, 1; cf.:

    renuntiate, gratias regi me agere: referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse, quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37, 8 (v. ago):

    dīs gratias agere... si referre studeant gratias,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26 sq.:

    L. Lucceius meus, homo omnium gratissimus, mirificas tibi apud me gratias egit, cum diceret, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 42, 1:

    eique amplissimis verbis per senatus consultum gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 1, 3:

    Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter,

    id. Fam. 1, 10:

    justissimas gratias agere,

    id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:

    quamquam gratiarum actionem a te non desiderabam, etc.,

    id. Fam. 10, 19, 1:

    nunc tecum sic agam, tulisse ut potius injuriam, quam retulisse gratiam videar,

    to have made a return, requital, recompense, id. Sull. 16, 47 fin.:

    magno meo beneficio affecti cumulatissime mihi gratiam retulerunt,

    id. Fam. 13, 4, 1:

    praeclaram vero populo Romano refers gratiam,

    id. Cat. 1, 11, 28:

    ut pro tantis eorum in rem publicam meritis honores eis habeantur gratiaeque referantur,

    id. Phil. 3, 15, 39; cf. id. ib. 3, 10, 25:

    me omnibus, si minus referenda gratia satisfacere potuerim, at praedicanda et habenda certe satis esse facturum,

    if I cannot requite... I can extol, id. Balb. 1, 2; cf.: nimirum inops ille, si bonus est vir, etiam si referre gratiam non potest, habere certe potest. Commode autem quicumque dixit, pecuniam qui habeat, non reddidisse; qui reddiderit, non habere: gratiam autem et qui retulerit, habere et qui habeat retulisse, id. Off. 2, 20, 69; id. Planc. 28, 68; cf. id. ib. 42, 101; id. Fam. 5, 11, 1:

    gratias habere,

    Liv. 24, 37, 7:

    alicui summas gratias habere,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 33:

    alicui maximas infinitasque agere atque habere gratias, quod, etc.,

    Vitr. 6 praef. 4:

    merito vestro maximas vobis gratias omnes et agere et habere debemus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    meritam dīs immortalibus gratiam justis honoribus et memori mente persolvere,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    pro beneficio gratiam repetere,

    Liv. 1, 47, 7:

    gratias ob hoc agere, quod, etc.,

    Liv. 54, 50, 4; so with ob, Plin. Ep. 9, 31, 21; Treb. Pol. Trig. Tyr. 10, 9:

    pro tuo summo beneficio gratias agere,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; Liv. 23, 11, 12; Plin, Pan. 25, 1; cf. Gell. 9, 3, 5:

    dum carmine nostro Redditur agricolis gratia caelitibus,

    Tib. 2, 1, 36; cf.:

    hoc certe justitiae convenit suum cuique reddere, beneficio gratiam, injuriae talionem aut certe malam gratiam,

    Sen. Ep. 81 med.;

    rarely: in gratiam habere (=ita accipere, ut ad gratiam comparandam valere putet),

    to accept as thankworthy, Sall. J. 111, 1:

    unum vis curem: curo. Et est dīs gratia, Cum ita, ut volo, est,

    I thank, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 58; cf.: Er. Eamus intro, ut prandeamus. Me. Bene vocas: tam gratia est, no, I'm much obliged to you (the negative being omitted, as in the Fr. je vous remercie, and the Germ. ich danke sehr), Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36.—Ellipt.: fores effregit? restituentur;

    discidit Vestem? resarcietur: est, dīs gratia, Et unde haec fiant, et adhuc non molesta sunt,

    thank Heaven, Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 41.—With acc. and inf. (anteclass. and post-Aug.):

    dīs gratias agebat, tempus sibi dari, etc.,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 6; Tac. H. 4, 64; cf. Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 4; id. And. 1, 1, 15.—Hence, as adverbs:
    A.
    grātĭā (acc. to II. A.), lit., in favor of, on account of, for the sake of; hence, in gen., on account of (usually placed after the gen., in Quint. a few times before it; cf.: causa, ergo).
    (α).
    With gen.:

    sed neque longioribus quam oportet hyperbatis compositioni serviamus, ne quae ejus gratia fecerimus, propter eam fecisse videamur,

    lest what we have done to embellish the style we should seem to have done merely on account of the construction we had chosen, Quint. 9, 4, 144:

    tantum abest, ut haec bestiarum etiam causa parata sint, ut ipsas bestias hominum gratia generatas esse videamus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 63, 158: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69 (Trag. v. 316 Vahl.); cf.:

    honoris gratia nomino,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 28:

    nuptiarum gratia haec sunt ficta atque incepta omnia,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 17:

    simulabat sese negotii gratia properare,

    Sall. J. 76, 1: hominem occisum esse constat;

    non praedae gratia: quia inspoliatus est,

    Quint. 7, 1, 33; cf.:

    hereditatis gratia,

    id. 5, 12, 5:

    quem censores senatu probri gratia moverant,

    Sall. C. 23, 1:

    profectus gratia dicere,

    Quint. 2, 10, 9:

    brevitatis gratia,

    id. 4, 2, 43:

    decoris gratia,

    id. 8, 6, 65:

    difficultatis gratia,

    id. 9, 2, 77:

    aut invidiae gratia... aut miserationis,

    id. 9, 2, 8:

    praesentis gratia litis,

    id. 2, 7, 4 al. —With gerund.: duxit me uxorem liberorum sibi quaesendum gratia, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 258 Müll. (Trag. v. 161 Vahl.):

    ut aut voluptates omittantur majorum voluptatum adipiscendarum causa, aut dolores suscipiantur majorum dolorum effugiendorum gratia,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 36; cf. Caes. B. G. 7, 43, 2:

    tentandi gratia,

    Sall. J. 47, 2:

    hiemandi gratia,

    id. ib. 61, 3:

    colloquendi gratia,

    id. ib. 61, 4:

    placandi gratia,

    id. ib. 71, 5:

    simulandi gratia,

    id. ib. 37, 4:

    sui exposcendi gratia,

    Nep. Hann. 7, 6:

    amplificandi gratia... vel miserandi,

    Quint. 9, 3, 28:

    elevandae invidiae gratia,

    id. 5, 13, 40:

    recuperandae dignitatis gratia,

    id. 11, 1, 79:

    vitandae similitudinis gratia,

    id. 9, 1, 11 al. —Ellipt.: ejus generis hae sunt quaestiones. Si, exempli gratia, vir bonus Alexandria Rhodum magnum frumenti numerum advexerit, etc., for example, for instance (for the usual exempli causa; so,

    verbi gratia, for verbi causa, infra),

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50; so,

    exempli gratia,

    Plin. 2, 41, 41, § 110;

    for which in full: pauca tamen exempli gratia ponam,

    Quint. 6, 5, 6:

    eorum unam discordiam ponemus exempli gratia,

    Plin. 18, 25, 57, § 213:

    propter aliam quampiam rem, verbi gratia propter voluptatem,

    for instance, Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 30.—Placed before the [p. 826] gen.:

    gratiā decoris,

    Quint. 8 praef. §

    18: compositionis,

    id. 9, 4, 58:

    lenitatis,

    id. 9, 4, 144:

    significationis,

    id. 8, 6, 2.—
    (β).
    With pron. (mostly ante-class.):

    meā gratiā,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 64; id. Ps. 5, 2, 3:

    qui nihil ocius venit tamen hac gratia,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 5; cf.:

    abire istac gratia,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 138: (Medea) per agros passim dispergit corpus: id eā gratiā, Ut, etc., Poët. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 26, 67; so,

    eā gratiā,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 8; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 20; id. Hec. 4, 3, 11:

    sed huc qua gratia te arcessi jussi, ausculta,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 19; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 79:

    id ea gratia eveniebat, quod nemo ex fuga regem sequitur,

    Sall. J. 54, 4:

    id ea gratia facilius fuit, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 80, 4.—
    B.
    grā-tĭīs (always as a trisyll. in ante-class. poets; Pompon. Com. Fragm. v. 110 Rib.; Plaut. As. prol. 5; id. Ep. 3, 4, 38; Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26; cf. Charis. p. 1806; so in Cic. Verr. 2, 4 and 5 Halm), and contr., grātīs (since the class. per.; acc. to II. A.), lit., out of favor or kindness; hence, pregn., without recompense or reward, for nothing, gratuitously, gratis, proika (cf.:

    gratuito, nequidquam, frustra): quae (psaltria) quantum potest Aliquo abicienda est, si non pretio, at gratiis,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26; cf. Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 46:

    si mihi dantur duo talenta argenti numerata in manum, Hanc tibi noctem honoris causa gratiis dono dabo,

    id. As. 1, 3, 38 sq.:

    quam introduxistis fidicinam, atque etiam fides, Ei quae accessere, tibi addam dono gratiis,

    into the bargain, to boot, id. Ep. 3, 4, 38:

    quae Romae magna cum infamia pretio accepto edixeras, ea sola te, ne gratis in provincia male audires, ex edicto Siciliensi sustulisse video,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 118:

    hic primum questus est non leviter Saturius, communem factum esse gratis cum Roscio, qui pretio proprius fuisset Fanni,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 27:

    gratis dare alicui (opp. pretium accipere ab aliquo),

    Mart. 14, 175, 2:

    id me scis antea gratis tibi esse pollicitum. Quid nunc putas, tanta mihi abs te mercede proposita?

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3, § 7:

    gratis rei publicae servire,

    id. Clu. 26, 71:

    tantum gratis pagina nostra placet,

    Mart. 5, 16, 10:

    virtutes omnes per se ipsas gratis diligere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 26, 83.—Opp. for payment:

    is repente, ut Romam venit, gratis praetor factus est. Alia porro pecunia ne accusaretur data,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 39, 101; cf. id. ib. 2, 5, 19, §

    48: habitent gratis in alieno?

    id. Off. 2, 23, 83; so,

    habitare in aedibus alienis,

    Dig. 39, 5, 9:

    habitationem cui dare,

    free of cost, ib. 19, 2, 53, § 2; Mart. 10, 3, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > gratia

  • 34 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 35 confero

    confĕro, contŭli, collātum (conl-), conferre, v. a.
    I.
    To bring, bear, or carry together, to collect, gather (freq. and class.).
    A.
    In gen.:

    ligna circa casam,

    Nep. Alcib. 10, 4:

    arma,

    Vell. 2, 114, 4:

    cibos ore suo (aves),

    Quint. 2, 6, 7:

    undique collatis membris,

    Hor. A. P. 3 al.:

    sarcinas in unum locum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; cf. id. ib. 2, 25:

    collatis militaribus signis,

    id. ib. 7, 2:

    ut premerer sacrā Lauroque collatāque myrto,

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 19:

    quo (sc. in proximum horreum) omne rusticum instrumentum,

    Col. 1, 6, 7:

    illuc (sc. in castella) parentes et conjuges,

    Tac. A. 4, 46 fin.:

    dentes in corpore (canes),

    Ov. M. 3, 236:

    materiam omnem, antequam dicere ordiamur,

    Quint. 3, 9, 8:

    summas (scriptorum) in commentarium et capita,

    id. 10, 7, 32:

    plura opera in unam tabulam,

    id. 8, 5, 26:

    quae in proximos quinque libros conlata sunt,

    id. 8, prooem. 1: res Romanas Graeco peregrinoque sermone in historiam, Just. pr. 1; cf. Suet. Caes. 44; cf. I. B. 5. infra.; Quint. 4, 1, 23:

    rogus inimicis collatus manibus,

    Petr. 115 fin.
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To collect money, treasures, etc., for any object, to bring offerings, contribute:

    dona mihi,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 20:

    contulit aes populus,

    Ov. F. 4, 351;

    so freq. on monuments: AERE CONLATO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3648; 74; Suet. Aug. 59:

    EX AERE CONLATO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3991:

    aurum argentumque in publicum,

    Liv. 28, 36, 3:

    munera ei,

    Nep. Ages. 7, 3:

    tributa quotannis ex censu,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 131:

    conferre eo minus tributi,

    Liv. 5, 20, 5:

    in commune,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 59, § 145; id. Quint. 3, 12:

    quadringena talenta quotannis Delum,

    Nep. Arist. 3, 1:

    (pecunia) ad ejus honores conlata,

    Cic. Fl. 25, 59:

    ad honorem tuum pecunias maximas contulisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    sextantes in capita,

    Liv. 2, 33, 11:

    pecunias,

    Suet. Caes. 19; id. Aug. 57; 30; Just. 3, 6:

    vinum alius, alius mel,

    Dig. 41, 1, 7; 47, 7, 3 pr.:

    sua bona in medium,

    ib. 37, 6, 1 pr.:

    magnam partem patrimonii alicui rei,

    ib. 50, 4, 5:

    cum et Socrati collatum sit ad victum,

    Quint. 12, 7, 9.— Absol.:

    nos dabimus, nos conferemus, nostro sumptu, non tuo,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 39.—Hence,
    b.
    Trop., like the Gr. sumpherô (v. Lidd. and Scott in h. v. 5.), to be useful, profitable, to profit, serve, be of use to ( = prosum; cf. also conduco, II.; post-Aug., and only in the third person; most freq. in Quint.); constr. with ad, in, the dat., inf., or absol.
    (α).
    With ad:

    naturane plus ad eloquentiam conferat an doctrina,

    Quint. 2, 19, 1; so id. 1, 8, 7; 2, 5, 1; 3, 6, 7 al.; Cels. 6, 6, 1; Col. 12, prooem. § 6; Suet. Tib. 4.—
    * (β).
    With in:

    rursus in alia plus prior (exercitatio) confert,

    Quint. 10, 7, 26.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    Gracchorum eloquentiae multum contulisse matrem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6; so id. prooem. § 6; 2, 9, 2; 3, 7, 12 al.; Plin. 20, 6, 23, § 54; 20, 23, 98, § 261; 29, 1, 6, § 13; Suet. Vesp. 6.—
    (δ).
    With subj. inf.:

    incipiente incremento confert alterna folia circum obruere,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83.—
    (ε).
    Absol.:

    multum veteres etiam Latini conferunt, imprimis copiam verborum,

    Quint. 1, 8, 8; 2, 5, 16; 4, 2, 123 al.; cf. Sillig ad Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 67.—
    2.
    To bring into connection, to unite, join, connect:

    membris collatis, of an embrace,

    Lucr. 4, 1101; cf.

    ora,

    App. M. 5, p. 161, 17:

    fontes e quibus collatae aquae flumen emittunt,

    Curt. 7, 11, 3: capita, to lay heads together (in conferring, deliberating, etc.), Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 31; Liv. 2, 45, 7: pedem, to go or come with one, Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 41; so,

    gradum ( = congredi),

    id. Men. 3, 3, 30; id. Ps. 2, 4, 17; Verg. A. 6, 488.—Of chemical union:

    dissimiles et dispares res in unam potestatem,

    Vitr. 2, 6, 4.—
    b.
    Trop.:

    collatis viribus,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 17; cf.:

    conferre vires in unum,

    Liv. 33, 19, 7:

    collata omnium vota in unius salutem,

    Plin. Pan. 23, 5:

    e singulis frustis collata oratio,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 2, 9, 3:

    velut studia inter nos conferebamus,

    id. 4, prooem. § 1.— So esp. of conferences, consultations, etc., to consult together, confer, consider or talk over together:

    si quid res feret, coram inter nos conferemus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 20, 1:

    sollicitudines nostras inter nos,

    id. Fam. 6, 21, 2:

    rationes,

    id. Att 5, 21, 12: familiares sermones cum aliquo, to unite in familiar conversation with, id. Off. 2, 11, 39:

    cum hoc in viā sermonem contulit,

    id. Inv. 2, 4, 14; cf.:

    cum aliquo aut sermones aut consilia,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 38:

    consilia ad adulescentes,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 64; cf.:

    consilia dispersim antea habita,

    Suet. Caes. 80:

    injurias,

    to deliberate together concerning, Tac. Agr. 15; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2.— Absol.:

    omnes sapientes decet conferre et fabulari,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 8.—With a rel.clause:

    fusi contulerimus inter nos... quid finis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 2, 4:

    ibi conferentibus, quid animorum Hispanis esset,

    Liv. 27, 20, 4.—
    3.
    To bring or join together in a hostile manner, to set together (most freq. in milit. lang.):

    (Galli) cum Fontejo ferrum ac manus contulerunt,

    Cic. Font. 5, 12 (1, 2):

    signa cum Alexandrinis,

    id. Pis. 21, 49; cf.:

    collatis signis depugnare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 44; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 23, 66:

    arma cum aliquo,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 5; 3, 6; cf.:

    arma inter se,

    Liv. 21, 1, 2:

    castra cum hoste,

    id. 26, 12, 14; cf.:

    castra castris,

    id. 23, 28, 9; 8, 23, 9; Cic. Div. 2, 55, 114; Caes. B. C. 3, 79:

    pedem cum pede,

    to fight foot to foot, Liv. 28, 2, 6; cf.:

    pede conlato,

    id. 6, 12, 10; 10, 29, 6; 26, 39, 12 al.:

    gradum cum aliquo,

    id. 7, 33, 11:

    pectora luctantia nexu pectoribus,

    Ov. M. 6, 242:

    stat conferre manum Aeneae,

    Verg. A. 12, 678:

    prima movet Cacus collatā proelia dextrā,

    Ov. F. 1, 569:

    collatis cursibus hastas conicere,

    Val. Fl. 6, 270:

    seque viro vir contulit,

    Verg. A. 10, 735.— Poet.:

    inter sese duri certamina belli,

    Verg. A. 10, 147:

    contra conferre manu certamina pugnae,

    Lucr. 4, 843:

    collato Marte,

    Ov. M. 12, 379.— Absol.:

    mecum confer, ait,

    fight with me, Ov. M. 10, 603.—
    b.
    Transf. from milit. affairs to lawsuits: pedem, to encounter, come in contact with one, to attack:

    non possum magis pedem conferre, ut aiunt, aut propius accedere?

    Cic. Planc. 19, 48:

    pedem cum singulis,

    Quint. 5, 13, 11; cf. id. 8, 6, 51; cf.:

    qui illi concedi putem utilius esse quod postulat quam signa conferri,

    Cic. Att. 7, 5, 5.— Poet.:

    lites,

    to contend, quarrel, Hor. S. 1, 5, 54.—
    4.
    To bring together for comparison, to compare; constr. with cum, inter se, ad, the dat., or acc. only.
    (α).
    With cum:

    quem cum eo (sc. Democrito) conferre possumus non modo ingenii magnitudine sed etiam animi?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 73; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 52, § 115:

    ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 20, § 45; id. Sull. 26, 72:

    cum maximis minima,

    id. Opt. Gen. Or. 6, 17; Quint. 5, 13, 12; 8, 4, 2 al.:

    nostras leges cum illorum Lycurgo et Dracone et Solone,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 197; cf.:

    illa cum Graeciā,

    id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; v. also d. —
    (β).
    With inter se (rare):

    vitam inter se utriusque conferte,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7, 20.—
    * (γ).
    With ad:

    bos ad bovem collatus,

    Varr. L. L. 9, § 28 Müll.—
    (δ).
    With dat.:

    tempora praesentia praeteritis,

    Lucr. 2, 1166:

    parva magnis,

    Cic. Or. 4, 14:

    alicui illud,

    id. Inv. 2, 50, 151:

    lanam tinctam Tyriae lacernae,

    Quint. 12, 10, 75:

    ingenia ingeniis,

    Sen. Contr. 5, 33:

    illam puellis,

    Prop. 1, 5, 7; 1, 4, 9:

    nil jucundo amico,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 44:

    (Pausanias et Lysander) ne minimā quidem ex parte Lycurgi legibus et disciplinae conferendi sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76; cf. supra, a.—
    (ε).
    With acc. only:

    tesseram hospitalem,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 88:

    conferte Verrem: non ut hominem cum homine comparetis, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 54, § 121:

    exemplum,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 85; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 14; Ov. M. 7, 696:

    nec cum quaereretur gener Tarquinio, quisquam Romanae juventutis ullā arte conferri potuit,

    Liv. 1, 39, 4; Suet. Caes. 47:

    census,

    Plin. 7, 48, 49, § 159.—Of documents:

    haec omnia summā curā et diligentiā recognita et conlata sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—
    5.
    With the idea of shortening by bringing together (cf. colligo), to compress, abridge, condense, make or be brief:

    quam potero in verba conferam paucissima,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 6; cf.:

    in pauca, ut occupatus nunc sum, confer, quid velis,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 44:

    rem in pauca,

    id. Poen. 5, 4, 68; and:

    in pauca verba,

    id. As. 1, 1, 75; id: Pers. 4, 4, 109:

    totam Academiam... ex duobus libris contuli in quattuor,

    Cic. Att. 13, 13, 1:

    ut in pauca conferam,

    id. Caecin. 6, 17:

    sua verba in duos versus,

    Ov. F. 1, 162:

    ex immensā diffusāque legum copiā optima quaeque et necessaria in paucissimos libros,

    Suet. Caes. 44.— [p. 412] *
    6.
    To join in bringing forward, to propose unitedly (as a law; cf.

    fero, II. B. 8. b.): cur enim non confertis, ne sit conubium divitibus et pauperibus,

    Liv. 4, 4, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.
    II.
    (Con intens.) To bear, carry, convey, direct a thing somewhere (in haste, for protection, etc.); and conferre se, to betake or turn one's self anywhere, to go (very freq. and class.).
    A.
    Prop.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With the designation of the goal: quo me miser conferam? Gracch. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 214:

    qui cum se suaque omnia in oppidum Bratuspantium contulissent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 13:

    se suaque eo,

    id. ib. 3, 28:

    se suaque in naves,

    Nep. Them. 2, 7 al.:

    iter Brundisium versus,

    Cic. Att. 3, 4 med.; cf.: iter eo, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 4:

    suas rationes et copias in illam provinciam,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17: legiones in mediam aciem, Auct. B. Alex. 39;

    Auct. B. Afr. 60: quos eodem audita Cannensis clades contulerat,

    Liv. 23, 17, 8:

    parentes illuc,

    Tac. A. 4, 46:

    se Rhodum conferre,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: se Laodiceam, Lent. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 4:

    se Colonas,

    Nep. Paus. 3, 3:

    quo se fusa acies,

    Liv. 9, 16, 1 al.:

    se ad Tissaphernem,

    Nep. Alcib. 5, 2; so,

    se ad Pharnabazum,

    id. Con. 2, 1:

    se in fugam,

    Cic. Caecin. 8, 22: sese in pedes, Enn. ap. Non. p. 518, 20; Plaut. Bacch. 3, 1, 7 (cf.:

    conicere se in pedes,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 13).—Of things:

    pituita eo se umorve confert,

    Cels. 2, 12.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    pulcre haec confertur ratis,

    is borne away, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 6, 27.—
    2.
    Esp., in Ov. M. (cf. abeo, II.): aliquem in aliquid, to change into, transform to something:

    aliquem in saxum,

    Ov. M. 4, 278: versos vultus ( poet. circumlocution for se) in hanc, id. ib. 9, 348:

    corpus in albam volucrem,

    id. ib. 12, 145.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., to bring, turn, direct something to; and conferre se, to turn, apply, devote one's self to, etc.:

    quo mortuo me ad pontificem Scaevolam contuli,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    (Crassus) cum initio aetatis ad amicitiam se meam contulisset,

    id. Brut. 81, 281; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2:

    qui se ad senatūs auctoritatem, ad libertatem vestram contulerunt,

    id. Phil. 4, 2, 5; id. Ac. 1, 9, 34:

    se ad studium scribendi,

    id. Arch. 3, 4:

    se ad studia litterarum,

    id. ib. 7, 16; cf. Suet. Gram. 24:

    meus pater eam seditionem in tranquillum conferet (the figure taken from the sea when in commotion),

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 16: verba ad rem, to bring words to actions, i. e. to pass from words to deeds, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 4; id. Hec. 3, 1, 17:

    suspitionem in Capitonem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 35, 100:

    ut spes votaque sua non prius ad deos quam ad principum aures conferret,

    Tac. A. 4, 39:

    lamentationes suas etiam in testamentum,

    id. ib. 15, 68.—More freq., in partic.,
    2.
    With the access. idea of application or communication, to devote or apply something to a certain purpose, to employ, direct, confer, bestow upon, give, lend, grant, to transfer to (a favorite word with Cic.).
    (α).
    With dat.:

    dona quid cessant mihi Conferre?

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 20:

    tibi munera,

    Prop. 2, 3, 25; Nep. Ages. 7, 3:

    victoribus praemia,

    Suet. Calig. 20:

    puellae quinquaginta milia nummūm,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 32, 2:

    fructum alio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 60; Dig. 37, 6, 1, § 24.—
    (β).
    With ad and acc.:

    hostiles exuvias ornatum ad urbis et posterum gloriam,

    Tac. A. 3, 72:

    Mithridates omne reliquum tempus non ad oblivionem veteris belli, sed ad comparationem novi contulit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9:

    omne studium atque omne ingenium ad populi Romani gloriam laudemque celebrandam,

    id. Arch. 9, 19; id. Fam. 10, 1, 3:

    omnem meam curam atque operam ad philosophiam,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 4:

    omnem tuum amorem omnemque tuam prudentiam... confer ad eam curam,

    id. Att. 7, 1, 2:

    animum ad fodiendos puteos, Auct. B. Alex. 9: ad naturae suae non vitiosae genus consilium vivendi omne,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 120:

    orationem omnem ad misericordiam,

    id. Lig. 1, 1.—
    (γ).
    With in:

    omnes curas cogitationesque in rem publicam,

    Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2:

    diligentiam in valetudinem tuam,

    id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:

    praedas ac manubias suas non in monumenta deorum immortalium, neque in urbis ornamenta conferre, sed, etc.,

    id. Agr. 2, 23, 60:

    in eos, quos speramus nobis profuturos, non dubitamus officia conferre,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 48; so,

    plurimum benignitatis in eum,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 50; id. Lael. 19, 70: curam restituendi Capitolii in L. Vestinum confert, i. e. assigns to, charges with, Tac. H. 4, 53:

    in unius salutem collata omnium vota,

    Plin. Pan. 23, 5.—
    (δ).
    With erga:

    commemoratio benevolentiae ejus, quam erga me a pueritiā contulisses,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 5, 1.—
    3.
    With aliquid ad or in aliquem or aliquid, to refer or ascribe something to a person or thing as its possessor, author (in a good, and freq. in a bad sense), to attribute, impute, assign, ascribe to one, to lay to the charge of:

    species istas hominum in deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 27, 77:

    res ad imperium deorum,

    Lucr. 6, 54:

    permulta in Plancium, quae ab eo numquam dicta sunt, conferuntur... Stomachor vero, cum aliorum non me digna in me conferuntur,

    Cic. Planc. 14, 35; id. Fam. 5, 5, 2:

    mortis illius invidiam in L. Flaccum,

    id. Fl. 17, 41:

    suum timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustiasque itinerum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    sua vitia et suam culpam in senectutem,

    Cic. Sen. 5, 14:

    hanc ego de re publicā disputationem in Africani personam et Phili contuli,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 2.—So esp.:

    culpam in aliquem,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 156; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 97; Cic. Att. 9, 2, a, 1:

    causam in aliquem,

    id. ib. 12, 31, 1; Liv. 5, 11, 6; cf.:

    causam in tempus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 61, 228.—
    4.
    To transfer to a fixed point of time, fix, assign, refer, appoint, put off, defer, postpone (cf. differo):

    Carthaginis expugnationem in hunc annum,

    Liv. 27, 7, 5: in posterum diem iter suum contulit, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 3:

    omnia in mensem Martium,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 24:

    aliquid in ambulationis tempus,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1:

    eam pecuniam in rei publicae magnum aliquod tempus,

    id. Off. 3, 24, 93:

    quod in longiorem diem conlaturus fuisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40 fin.:

    alicujus consulatum in annum aliquem,

    Plin. Pan. 61.—Rarely of place:

    idoneum locum in agris nactus... ibi adventum expectare Pompei eoque omnem belli rationem conferre constituit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 81 fin.
    5.
    To bring on, cause, occasion, induce:

    pestem alicui,

    Col. 1, 5, 4:

    candorem mollitiamque,

    Plin. 35, 15, 50, § 175.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > confero

  • 36 duco

    dūco, xi, ctum, 3 ( imp. duc;

    but duce,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 18; id. Most. 1, 4, 11; id. Poen. 5, 4, 59; id. Rud. 2, 3, 55; id. Trin. 2, 2, 103; id. Truc. 2, 5, 26.— Perf. sync.: duxti, Varr. ap. Non. 283, 32; Cat. 91, 9; Prop. 1, 3, 27), v. a. [cf. Goth. tiuh-an; O. H. Germ. zieh-an, to draw; Germ. -zog, in Herzog, commander, duke], to lead, conduct, draw, bring forward, in all senses; very freq. passing over into the signif. of the compounds abducere, deducere, adducere, producere, etc., and of the synonyms agere, trahere, movere, etc. (very freq.).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quo sequar? quo ducis nunc me?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 2: duc hos intro, id. Am. 2, 2, 224; id. Aul. 2, 6, 13:

    duc ac demonstra mihi,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 36:

    suas secum mulierculas sunt in castra ducturi,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 10 fin.; cf. Caes. B. G. 5, 5 fin. et saep.:

    (difficile iter) vix qua singuli carri ducerentur,

    id. ib. 1, 6, 1; cf.

    plaustra,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 10, 34: aquam ducere, Cato ap. Charis. p. 192 P.; so,

    aquam per fundum ejus,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 4:

    spiritum naribus,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 3, 5: so,

    spiritum per siccas fauces,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 8; cf.:

    aërem spiritu,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6 fin.:

    animam spiritu,

    id. ib. 2, 54, 136; and in gen.: spiritum, for to live, id. Fam. 10, 1; cf.:

    vitam et spiritum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    tura naribus,

    to inhale, Hor. C. 4, 1, 22:

    sucos nectaris,

    to drink in full draughts, to quaff, id. ib. 3, 3, 34; cf.

    pocula,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 22; and:

    Liberum,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 14.— Poet.:

    jucunda oblivia vitae (referring to the waters of Lethe),

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 62 (cf. Verg. A. 6, 714 sq.) et saep.:

    mucronem,

    to draw from the scabbard, Verg. A. 12, 378; cf.:

    ferrum vaginā,

    Ov. F. 4, 929:

    ensem vagina,

    Sil. 8, 342;

    but: ensem duxerat faber,

    had beaten out, forged, Tib. 1, 3, 48:

    sortem,

    Cic. Div. 2, 33; Verg. A. 6, 22;

    hence, also transf. of that which is drawn by lot,

    Cic. Div. 1, 18, 34; id. Rep. 1, 34; Suet. Caes. 12; Tac. A. 1, 54; 3, 28 al.:

    pondus aratri,

    to draw, Ov. M. 7, 119:

    remos,

    to row, id. ib. 1, 294; cf. id. ib. 4, 353:

    numerosa brachia,

    in dancing, id. Am. 2, 4, 29:

    lanas,

    to spin, id. ib. 4, 34; cf.

    stamina,

    id. ib. 4, 221:

    ubera,

    to milk, id. ib. 9, 358:

    frena manu,

    to guide, govern, id. ib. 15, 518: vela, to haul (= navigare), Prop. 1, 6, 2:

    manus, of swimming,

    id. 3, 20, 2:

    ilia,

    to draw the flanks together, become broken-winded, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 9:

    os,

    to draw awry, to make wry faces, Cic. Or. 25 fin.; Quint. 9, 3, 101; cf.

    vultum,

    Ov. M. 2, 774; id. P. 4, 8, 13; Mart. 1, 41 et saep.:

    non equus impiger Curru ducet Achaico Victorem,

    to draw along, Hor. C. 4, 3, 5; cf. id. Ep. 1, 1, 93.— Absol.:

    sibi quisque ducere, trahere, rapere,

    to take to one's self, appropriate, Sall. J. 41, 5.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    To lead, conduct, as a way or road:

    via ducit (te), in urbem?

    Verg. E. 9, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 7, 5; Verg. A. 1, 401; Ov. F. 2, 679:

    Brundisium Minuci melius via ducat an Appi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 20:

    via ad undas,

    Ov. M. 3, 602:

    via ad infernas sedes,

    id. ib. 4, 433; cf.:

    iter ad urbem,

    id. ib. 437; Curt. 3, 28, 19; Sen. Prov. 6, 7; id. Vit. Beat. 1; Plin. 18, 11, 29, § 111; Quint. 5, 9, 14; Liv. 5, 40, 8 al.—
    2.
    Se, in colloq. lang., to betake one's self, go:

    jam me ad regem recta ducam,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 8, 8; id. Bacch. 4, 2, 11; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 7: Balbus duxit se a Gadibus, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 1.—
    3.
    A legal t. t., to take, lead away, drag, carry off a person before court, to prison, to punishment, etc.: POST. DEINDE. MANVS. INIECTIO. ESTO. IN. IVS. DVCITO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; so,

    in jus,

    Liv. 2, 27:

    illos duci in carcerem jubent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 30:

    aliquem in carcerem,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    in vincula,

    id. ib. 79:

    ad mortem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 1; Nep. Phoc. 4, 3; and absol.:

    ducite, ubi capiat, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 65; Sen. de Ira, 1, 16, 14; Suet. Calig. 27; Plin. Ep. 10, 97, 3 al.: NI. IVDICATVM. FACIT. AVT. QVIS. ENDO. EM. IVRE. VINDICIT. SECVM. DVCITO. VINCITO, etc., XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45:

    decreta ejus modi: SI PETIT DUCAS. C. Fuficium duci jussit petitorem,

    to be imprisoned, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 12, § 31; so of a debtor (addictus) who is led off as a slave, Novat. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 255; Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 87; Cic. Fl. 20 fin.; Liv. 6, 14 sq.; cf. id. 2, 23 med.; cf.

    prov.: stultitiast venatum ducere invitas canes,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 83. —
    4.
    Uxorem, to lead a wife home, i. e. to marry:

    bona uxor si ea deducta est, etc.... Verum egon eam ducam domum, Quae, etc.?

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 91:

    uxorem domum,

    id. Aul. 2, 1, 40; Ter. Ph. 2, 1, 68:

    filiam Orgetorigis in matrimonium,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9, 3; cf. Liv. 4, 4:

    eum uxorem ducturum esse aliam,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 105:

    uxorem (or aliquam, filiam alicujus, etc.),

    id. Aul. 2, 1, 48; id. Cas. prol. 69 et saep.; Ter. And. 1, 1, 128; 2, 1, 21 et saep.; Cic. Sest. 3; Caes. B. G. 1, 53, 4; id. B. C. 3, 110, 2; Verg. E. 8, 29; Vulg. Marc. 10, 11 et saep.— Absol.:

    si tu negaris ducere,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 5; 2, 3, 9; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 76; Liv. 4, 4 al.: jugum ducere cum infidelibus, i. e. to be yoked in marriage, Vulg. 2 Cor. 6, 14.—Rarely for nubere: si ignorans statum Erotis ut liberum duxisti, isque postea servus est judicatus, etc., Imp. Antonin. ap. Cod. Just. 5, 18, 3.—In the comic poets, of taking home prostitutes, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 35; 4, 2, 44; id. Men. 1, 2, 15; id. Stich. 5, 4, 48; id. Truc. 3, 2, 10 et saep.—
    5.
    In milit. lang.
    a.
    Said of a commander, to lead, to cause to move, to march his army in any direction:

    locis apertis exercitum ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41, 4; cf. id. B. C. 1, 64 fin.; 1, 68, 1:

    exercitum ab Allobrogibus in Segusianos,

    id. B. G. 1, 10 fin.:

    exercitum in fines Suessionum,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 1; cf. id. ib. 4, 38, 3;

    5, 18, 1: exercitum (legiones, etc.) in Bellovacos,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 1; 5, 24, 2 et saep.; cf. Tac. A. 2, 57:

    cohortes ad eam partem munitionum, quae, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 62, 2:

    exercitum Uticam,

    id. ib. 2, 26, 1:

    reliquas copias contra Labienum,

    id. B. G. 7, 61 fin. et saep.—In pass., of the soldiers, to march, move:

    quam in partem aut quo consilio ducerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 2.—And in act., absol., of the general himself, to march, move (a favorite expression of Liv.;

    not in Caes. or Sall.): (Mettus) ducit, quam proxime ad hostem potest,

    Liv. 1, 23; 1, 27; 9, 35; 22, 18 et saep.—Hence,
    b.
    In gen., to lead, command an army or (more freq.) a division:

    qua in legatione duxit exercitum,

    Cic. Mur. 9, 20; so,

    exercitum,

    Nep. Eum. 13, 1; id. Epam. 7, 3:

    qui superiore anno primum pilum duxerat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 35, 6; 6, 38, 1; id. B. C. 3, 91, 1:

    ordinem,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 4; 3, 104, 3; Suet. Vesp. 1:

    partem exercitūs,

    Sall. J. 55, 4 et saep.—Rarely, to lead a division in front, in advance:

    consuetudine sua Caesar sex legiones expeditas ducebat: post eas... inde, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 19, 2; hence also, to march in front, take the lead, said of the division that forms the van:

    pars equitum et auxiliariae cohortes ducebant, mox prima legio, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 51; cf. id. ib. 1, 64 fin.
    (β).
    Transf. beyond the milit. sphere, to lead, to be leader, head, chief, first in any thing:

    accedit etiam, quod familiam ducit,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5 fin. Manut.; so,

    familiam,

    id. Phil. 5, 11, 30; id. Fin. 4, 16, 45:

    ordines,

    id. Phil. 1, 8, 20:

    classem (discipulorum),

    Quint. 1, 2, 24 Spald.:

    funus,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 12:

    toros,

    Ov. F. 6, 668 et saep.—
    c.
    To conduct as prisoners in a triumph:

    per triumphum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 67:

    in triumpho,

    Plin. 7, 43, 45, § 139, v. triumphus.—
    6.
    With the accessory idea of creation, formation, to produce, form, construct, make, fashion, shape, dispose (cf.:

    struo, pono, condo, fundo): parietem per vestibulum alicujus,

    to erect, Cic. Mil. 27 fin.; cf.

    muros,

    Hor. C. 4, 6, 23:

    vallum ex castris ad aquam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 73, 2:

    fossam,

    id. B. G. 7, 72, 1; 7, 73, 2:

    arcum,

    Ov. M. 3, 160:

    lateres de terra,

    Vitr. 2, 3:

    vivos vultus de marmore (with excudere spirantia aera),

    Verg. A. 6, 849; cf. id. ib. 7, 634; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 240; Varr. ap. Non. 283, 32; Plin. 7, 37, 38, § 125; Quint. 10, 3, 18 Spald.; Juv. 7, 237; hence, poet. also:

    epos,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 44:

    carmen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 18; 3, 14, 32:

    versus,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 63 et saep.:

    liniam ex colore,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 81; Quint. 2, 6, 2; cf.

    orbem,

    id. 11, 3, 118:

    alvum,

    to bring forth by clysters, Cels. 2, 12; 4, 4 et saep.: alapam alicui, qs. to fetch one a box on the ear, Phaedr. 5, 3, 2; cf.

    colaphum,

    Quint. 6, 3, 83 Spald.:

    pugnum,

    Dig. 47, 10, 4 et saep.;

    so esp. of processions, dances, etc.: funus,

    Cic. Quint. 15 fin.; Ov. M. 14, 746; Verg. G. 4, 256; cf.

    exsequias,

    Plin. 8, 42, 64, § 154:

    pompam,

    Ov. H. 12, 152; id. F. 6, 405; id. M. 13, 699:

    choros,

    Tib. 2, 1, 56; Hor. C. 1, 4, 5; 4, 7, 6 et saep.; cf.

    choreas,

    Ov. M. 8, 582; 14, 520.—
    7.
    To receive, admit, take any thing (not ante-Aug.):

    cicatricem,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 66; Liv. 29, 32, 12:

    rimam,

    Ov. M. 4, 65:

    situm,

    to grow rusty, Quint. 1, 2, 18:

    formam,

    Ov. M. 1, 402:

    colorem,

    id. ib. 3, 485; cf.

    pallorem,

    to grow pale, id. ib. 8, 760:

    nomina,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 76:

    notam,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 59 et saep.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to lead, guide, draw, conduct:

    progredimur quo ducit quemque voluntas,

    Lucr. 2, 258; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 27; 1, 6, 57:

    ad strepitum citharae cessatum ducere curam,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 31:

    Liber vota bonos ducit ad exitus,

    id. C. 4, 8, 34; cf. Quint. 12, 1, 26:

    per quaedam parva sane ducant (futurum oratorem),

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf. id. 1, 1, 27; 1, 5, 58.—Prov.:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    Sen. Ep. 107.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To draw, deduce, [p. 616] derive its origin or beginning from, any thing:

    ab aliqua re totius vitae ducere exordium,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 7, 18; cf.:

    exordium a nostra persona,

    Quint. 3, 8, 8; 4, 1, 7:

    principium disputationis a principe investigandae veritatis,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 21 fin.:

    belli initium a fame,

    id. Att. 9, 9, 2; cf. Quint. 1, 1, 21:

    initia causasque omnium ex quatuor temporum mutationibus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    originem ab Isocrate,

    Quint. 2, 15, 4; 1, 6, 38; Hor. C. 3, 17, 5 al.:

    ingressionem non ex oratoriis disputationibus, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 3, 11:

    honestum ab iis rebus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 60; id. Or. 39, 135:

    nomen ex quo,

    id. Ac. 11, 41; cf.:

    nomen a Graeco,

    Quint. 1, 6, 3; 3, 7, 1; Hor. S. 2, 1, 66 et saep.; cf.

    also: utrumque (sc. amor et amicitia) ductum (al. dictum) est ab amando,

    Cic. Lael. 27; id. Fin. 2, 24, 78.—
    2.
    To lead a person, as regards his will or opinions, in any direction; to move, incite, induce, allure, in a good or bad sense (most freq. in the pass.):

    ita me ad credendum tua ducit oratio,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18:

    nos ducit scholarum consuetudo,

    Quint. 4, 2, 28; 5, 11, 19; cf. id. 9, 1, 21:

    ducit te species,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 35 et saep.:

    declamatores quosdam perversa ducit ambitio, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 10, 7, 21.—In the pass.:

    si quis statuarum honore aut gloria ducitur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58 fin.:

    eloquentiae laude,

    id. Or. 32, 115:

    quaestu et lucro,

    id. Tusc. 5, 3, 9:

    hoc errore ut, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 41; cf.:

    litteris eorum et urbanitate, ut, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120:

    omnes trahimur et ducimur ad cognitionis et scientiae cupiditatem,

    id. Off. 1, 6 et saep.—
    b.
    In a bad sense, to cheat, deceive, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 26; id. Capt. 4, 2, 7; Ter. And. 4, 1, 20; id. Ph. 3, 2, 15; Prop. 2, 17, 1 (3, 8, 1 M.); Ov. H. 19, 13; id. M. 3, 587 (with decipere).—
    3.
    With regard to time, to draw out, extend, protract, prolong:

    bellum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 38, 4; id. B. C. 2, 18, 6; 2, 37, 5 sq.; Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2; Liv. 22, 25 et saep.; cf.:

    bellum longius,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 64, 2; 3, 42, 3:

    bellum in hiemem,

    id. ib. 1, 61, 3:

    eam rem longius,

    id. B. G. 7, 11, 4; cf.:

    rem prope in noctem,

    id. B. C. 3, 51, 7:

    rem leniter,

    Liv. 3, 41 et saep. Also transf., of time itself:

    tempus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 11; Nep. Them. 7:

    diem ex die,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 4; and of persons who are put off, delayed:

    ubi se diutius duci intellexit,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 5.—Less freq. (mostly poet.),
    b.
    In gen., of time, to pass, spend, enjoy:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 19, 50; so,

    aetatem,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 202:

    vitam,

    id. Epod. 17, 63; Sen. Ep. 45, 10; cf. Verg. A. 2, 641 (where, shortly before, vitam producere):

    noctes,

    Prop. 1, 11, 5; Plin. Ep. 6, 31, 13:

    somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 560.—
    4.
    In mercant. lang., to calculate, compute, reckon: age nunc summam sumptus duc, Lucil. ap. Non. 283, 30:

    minimum ut sequamur, quoniam XC. medimnūm milia duximus, accedant eo, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 49; id. Att. 6, 1, 5 and 16; 6, 2, 7; Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11; Gell. 1, 20, 5.—
    b.
    Transf. beyond the mercant. sphere.
    (α).
    Rationem alicujus, to consider, calculate, care for one's advantage or interest (a favorite expression of Cicero):

    duxi meam rationem, quam tibi facile me probaturum arbitrabar,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11 D, § 7; so,

    suam quoque rationem,

    to have respect to one's own advantage, id. Verr. 2, 1, 48; and:

    non minorem aratorum quam populi rationem,

    Suet. Aug. 42 fin.:

    salutis meae rationem,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3:

    rationem officii, non commodi,

    id. Sest. 10, 23; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 44, 128:

    unius cujusque temporis ducta ratio est,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 16:

    rationem officii atque existimationis,

    id. Quint. 16, 53.—
    (β).
    In gen., to reckon, consider, hold, account, esteem as any thing (cf. aestimo and existimo;

    very freq. in prose and poetry): parvi id ducebat,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 8, 24:

    pro nihilo aliquid,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 85; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 16 fin.; id. Tusc. 5, 32, 90; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 20, 28:

    ea pro falsis ducit,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; cf.:

    innocentiam pro malevolentia,

    id. ib. 12, 1:

    vos eritis judices, Laudin' an vitio duci id factum oportuit,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 5; so,

    aliquid honori,

    Sall. J. 11, 3:

    aliquid laudi, Nep. praef. § 4: aliquem despicatui,

    Cic. Fl. 27, 65: nihil praeter virtutem in bonis ducere (for which, shortly after, in bonis habere = numerare), Cic. Fin. 3, 3;

    aliquem in numero hostium,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 25 fin.; Caes. B. G. 6, 32, 1; cf. ib. 6, 23, 8; without in, ib. 6, 21, 2; cf.:

    aliquem loco affinium,

    Sall. J. 14, 1 Kritz. N. cr.: aliquid testimonii loco, Quint. 5, 9, 10:

    tutelae nostrae duximus, cum Africo bello urgerentur,

    Liv. 21, 41; cf.:

    officii duxit exorare filiae patrem, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    faceret, quod e republica fideque sua duceret,

    id. ib. 25, 7 et saep.:

    malum cum amici tuum ducis malum,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 48; cf.:

    Archytas iracundiam seditionem quandam animi vere ducebat,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38:

    eorum, quos idoneos ducebat, consilium habet,

    Sall. J. 62, 4:

    nil rectum nisi quod placuit sibi ducunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 83.— With acc. and inf.:

    sic equidem ducebam animo rebarque futurum,

    Verg. A. 6, 690:

    ut omnia tua in te posita esse ducas humanosque casus virtute inferiores putes,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 7, 19 fin.; id. Rep. 1, 2; 1, 17; 1, 38; 3, 9 (three times); Sall. J. 93, 5; Liv. 22, 14, 6; 22, 59, 5; Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 2; 4, 30, 2; 6, 18 et saep.—Here too probably belongs the much disputed passage: ludos et inania honoris medio rationis atque abundantiae duxit (= ludos publicos cum aliis rebus quae ad inania honoris pertinent, duxit, i. e. existimavit habendos et ponendos in medio rationis atque abundantiae, ut inter rationem, quae plane spernit inania, et abundantiam, quae eadem ostentat, media via incederet), he thought right to manage them in a middle course between reason and profusion, Tac. Agr. 6 fin., v. Dübner and Orell. ad h. l.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > duco

  • 37 expedio

    ex-pĕdĭo, īvi or ĭi, ītum, 4 (archaic fut. expedibo, Enn., Pac., Att., and Pompon. ap. Non. 505, 15 sq.; 477, 2; Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 36), v. a. [pes], orig., to free the feet, i. e. from a snare; hence, in gen., to extricate, disengage, let loose, set free, liberate any thing entangled, involved (class.; esp. freq. in the trop. signif.; syn.: extrico, enodo, enucleo, explico, expono, interpretor, etc.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    videte, in quot se laqueos induerit, quorum ex nullo se umquam expediet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102; cf. id. ib. 43, §

    106: mortis laqueis caput,

    Hor. C. 3, 24, 8; cf.

    also: vix illigatum te triformi Pegasus expediet Chimaera,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 24:

    flammam inter et hostes Expedior,

    make my way through, Verg. A. 2, 633:

    errantem nemori,

    Ov. F. 4, 669 et saep.—With inanim. and abstr. objects:

    aditus expediunt,

    open a passage, Caes. B. G. 7, 86 fin.:

    sibi locum,

    id. B. C. 2, 9, 6:

    iter fugae per invias rupes,

    Liv. 38, 2, 14:

    agrum saxosum lectione lapidum,

    Col. 2, 2, 12: capillus pectine quotidie expediendus est, disentangled, Fronto de Eloqu. init.
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    In gen., to fetch out, bring forward, procure, make ready, prepare any thing folded up, put away, etc.: funes expediunt, Sisenn. ap. Non. 297, 1:

    vela,

    Ov. H. 17, 200:

    hominem nudari et virgas expediri jubet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 62, § 161:

    cererem canistris,

    Verg. A. 1, 702:

    convivia mediis tectis (famulae),

    Val. Fl. 2, 341; cf.:

    cibaria pastoribus,

    to provide, Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 6:

    merces suas (institor),

    Ov. A. A. 1, 422: pecuniam, to procure, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 298, 22; Suet. Caes. 4:

    arma,

    to hold in readiness, Caes. B. G. 7, 18 fin.; Tac. A. 2, 79; Verg. A. 4, 592:

    tela equosque,

    Liv. 38, 25, 14:

    ferrum,

    id. 24, 26, 10:

    naves,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 4 fin.:

    vineas in occulto,

    id. B. G 7, 27, 2:

    copias,

    Tac. A. 13, 7:

    se celeriter (Galli equites),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51, 4:

    se,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52; Liv. 38, 21, 2; cf.

    mid.: exercitum expediri ad bellum jubet,

    Tac. H. 2, 99. —
    2.
    to send away, despatch ( poet.):

    me ex suis locis pulcre ornatum expedivit,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 3: saepe disco, Saepe trans finem jaculo nobilis expedito, despatched, i. e. hurled, Hor. C. 1, 8, 12.—
    3.
    Absol., for expedire se, to arm one's self for battle (only in Tac.), Tac. H. 1, 10:

    multos secum expedire jubet,

    id. ib. 1, 88; 2, 99.
    II.
    Trop., to bring out, extricate, release, free from any evil, obstacle, etc.:

    impeditum animum,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    sapientis est, cum stultitiā suā impeditus sit, quoquo modo possit, se expedire,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 9, 24:

    haererem, nisi tu me expedisses,

    id. Pis. 30, 74:

    ex servitute filium,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 94; cf.:

    se ex turba,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 5:

    se ab omni occupatione,

    Cic. Att. 3, 20, 2:

    aliquem omni molestiā,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 2; so,

    se aerumnis,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8:

    se crimine,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 28:

    se cura,

    id. Phorm. 5, 4, 4:

    civitatem malis obsidionalibus,

    Amm. 16, 4, 3: amor Lycisci me tenet, Unde expedire non queant amicorum consilia, Hor. Epod. 11, 25: curae sagaces Expediunt (Claudiae manus) per acuta belli, bring or help through, id. C. 4, 4, 76; cf.:

    per quot discrimina rerum Expedior?

    escape, Val. Fl. 1, 217:

    me multa impediverunt quae ne nunc quidem expedita sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 19:

    si vita nostra in aliquas insidias incidisset, omnis honesta ratio esset expediendae salutis,

    of obtaining safety, id. Mil. 4, 10.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To put in order, arrange, set right:

    cum Antonio loquare velim, et rem, ut poteris, expedias,

    Cic. Att. 11, 18, 2:

    expedire et conficere res,

    id. Brut. 42, 154:

    rem frumentariam,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 36, 1; id. B. C. 1, 54 fin.:

    negotia (with explicare),

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 3, 1:

    nomina mea, per deos, expedi, exsolve,

    settle, pay, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    nomen,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 3:

    Faberianum,

    id. ib. 12, 29, 2; cf. in a pun respecting a scholar unable to pay his debts: omnes solvere posse quaestiones, Unum difficile expedire nomen, Bibacul. ap. Suet. Gram. 11:

    quemadmodum expediam exitum hujus institutae orationis, non reperio,

    settle, arrange, Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2; cf.:

    expediri quae restant vix poterunt. si hoc relinqueris,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consilia sua,

    Tac. H. 3, 73:

    docte hanc fallaciam,

    put into operation, Plaut. Capt. prol. 40.—
    2.
    Of speech, to disclose, unfold, explain, relate, narrate (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose;

    not in Cic., Cæs., or Quint.): qui tu misera's? mi expedi,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 50 (639 Ritschl): id ego aequum ac jus fecisse expedibo atque eloquar, will show, Enn. ap. Non. 505, 19;

    Pac., Att.,

    Pompon. ib. 15 sq.:

    agedum, hoc mihi expedi,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    altius omnem Expediam prima repetens ab origine famam,

    Verg. G. 4, 286:

    pauca tibi e multis... expediam dictis,

    id. A. 3, 379:

    priusquam hujuscemodi rei initium expedio,

    Sall. J. 5, 2:

    nunc originem, mores, et quo facinore dominationem raptum ierit, expediam,

    Tac. A. 4, 1:

    me non tantum praevisa, sed subita expedire docuisti,

    id. ib. 14, 55:

    ea de caede quam verissime expediam,

    id. H. 4, 48:

    promptius expediam quot, etc.,

    i. e. it will take me a shorter time to recount, Juv. 10, 220.—
    3.
    Reflex. of events, to develop, run their course, proceed:

    amoris arteis eloquar quem ad modum se expediant,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 10; cf.:

    ut res vostrorum omnium bene expedire voltis,

    to make favorable progress, id. Am. prol. 5 (Lorenz ad Plaut. Trin. 2, 36; but Ussing reads me expedire, benefit me).—
    4.
    Absol., res expedit, or impers., expedit (alicui—lit., it helps out, furthers, promotes; hence), it is serviceable, profitable, advantageous, useful, expedient (class.):

    nequiter paene expedivit prima parasitatio,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 23:

    non igitur faciat, dixerit quis, quod utile sit, quod expediat? Immo intelligat, nihil nec expedire nec utile esse, quod sit injustum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 19, 76; cf.:

    quid intersit sua, quid expediat,

    id. Agr. 2, 25, 66:

    ex utilitatis varietatibus, cum aliis aliud expediat, nasci discordias,

    id. Rep. 1, 32; cf.:

    ut non idem expediret, incidere saepe,

    id. Lael. 10, 33:

    quidquam Caesari ad diuturnitatem victoriae et dominationis,

    id. Att. 7, 22, 1:

    non idem ipsis expedire et multitudini,

    Nep. Milt. 3, 5 al. —With an inf. clause as subject:

    expedit bonas esse vobis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 8; cf.:

    omnibus bonis expedit salvam esse rem publicam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 8, 16:

    cui (reo) damnari expediret,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 3 fin.:

    cum eam (pecuniam) in praediis collocari maxime expediret,

    id. Caecin. 6, 16:

    ubi vinci necesse est, expedit cedere,

    Quint. 6, 4, 16; Hor. C. 2, 8, 9 et saep.—With subj. clause as subject after ut or ne (post-class.):

    expedire omnibus dicunt, ut singulae civitates suas leges habeant,

    Just. 34, 1, 7 Benecke ad loc.:

    expedit rei publicae, ne sua re quis male utatur,

    Just. Inst. 1, 8, 2:

    neque expedire ut ambitione aliena trahatur,

    Tac. A. 3, 69.— Absol.:

    tu si ita expedit, velim quamprimum conscendas,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:

    sic magis expedit,

    Quint. 4, 2, 67:

    ut expediat causae,

    id. 7, 3, 18.—Hence, ex-pĕdītus, a, um, P. a., unimpeded, unincumbered, disengaged, free, easy, ready, at hand.
    A.
    Of persons:

    cum ceteris quae habebat vadimonia differt, ut expeditus in Galliam proficisci posset,

    Cic. Quint. 6, 23: incrmos armati, impeditos expediti interficiunt, i. e. without baggage, Sisenn. ap. Non. 58, 8; cf.:

    eo circiter hominum numero XVI. milia expedita cum omni equitatu Ariovistus misit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 49, 3:

    legiones expeditae,

    id. B. C. 1, 42, 1;

    so of soldiers without baggage,

    id. ib. 2, 19, 2; 6, 25, 1; 1, 27 fin. et saep.—As subst.: expĕdī-tus, i, m., a soldier lightly burdened, a swiftly marching soldier:

    latitudo (silvae) novem dierum iter expedito patet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 25, 1:

    obviam fit ei Clodius expeditus in equo,

    Cic. Mil. 10, 28; cf.

    Sagana,

    tucked up, Hor. Epod. 5, 25:

    expedito nobis homine et parato opus est,

    ready, at hand, prompt, Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 26; cf.:

    expeditus ad caedem,

    id. Agr. 2, 30, 82:

    ad pronuntiandum,

    id. de Or. 2, 30, 131; cf.:

    facilis et expeditus ad dicendum,

    id. Brut. 48 fin.
    B.
    Of inanim. or abstr. things, convenient, at hand:

    iis expedito loco actuaria navigia relinquit,

    commodious, Caes. B. C. 1, 27; cf.:

    via expeditior ad honores,

    Cic. Fl. 41, 104:

    reditum in caelum patere optimo et justissimo cuique expeditissimum,

    id. Lael. 4, 13:

    pecunia expeditissima quae erat, tibi decreta est,

    the readiest, the nearest at hand, id. Fam. 11, 24, 2; cf.

    rationes,

    id. ib. 10, 25, 2:

    cena (with parca),

    Plin. Ep. 3, 12, 1:

    expeditissimum unguentorum,

    Plin. 13, 1, 2, § 8:

    probabili expedito, soluto, libero, nullā re implicato,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 105:

    expedita erat et perfacile currens oratio,

    id. Brut. 63, 227; cf.:

    expedita ac profluens dicendi celeritas,

    id. ib. 61, 220:

    inops ad ornandum, sed ad inveniendum expedita Hermagorae disciplina,

    id. ib. 76, 263:

    prope jam expeditam Caesaris victoriam interpellaverunt,

    achieved, Caes. B. C. 3, 70 fin.
    b.
    In the neutr. absol.: in expedito esse, habere, etc., to be or have in readiness or at hand:

    quaedam sunt quidem in animo, sed parum prompta: quae incipiunt in expedito esse, quum dicta sunt,

    Sen. Ep. 94 med.; cf.:

    promptum hoc et in expedito positum,

    Quint. 10, 7, 24:

    in expedito haberent integras copias ad opem ferendam,

    ready for action, Liv. 36, 16, 10.—Hence, adv.: ex-pĕdīte, without impediment, without difficulty, readily, promptly, quickly:

    in iis rebus celeriter expediteque percipiendis, quae, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12 fin.:

    expedite explicans quod proposuerat,

    id. Brut. 67, 237:

    fabulatu's,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 63:

    loqui,

    Suet. Aug. 89.— Comp.:

    non implicite et abscondite, sed patentius et expeditius,

    Cic. Inv 2, 23, 69:

    navigare,

    id. Att. 6, 8, 4:

    fit putatio,

    Col. Arb. 11, 1.— Sup.:

    ex quo te, quocumque opus erit, facillime et expeditissime conferas,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 20, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > expedio

  • 38 idoneus

    ĭdōnĕus, a, um, adj. [Sanscr. root indh-, idh-, to kindle; prop. bright, conspicuous; cf. Idus], fit for something (esp. for an action), meet, proper, becoming, suitable, apt, capable, convenient, sufficient (of persons and things; class. and very freq. in prose and poetry; syn.: aptus, opportunus); constr. most commonly with ad, qui, the dat., or absol.; less freq. with in aliquid, the abl., or the inf.
    (α).
    With ad:

    tot quidem non potuisti adducere homines magis ad hanc rem idoneos, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    non essem ad ullam causam idoneus, judices, si hoc non viderem,

    Cic. Clu. 6, 17:

    ad amicitiam esse idoneus,

    id. Lael. 17, 62:

    loco pro castris ad aciem instruendam opportuno atque idoneo,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8, 3:

    cum statim auditoris animum nobis idoneum reddimus ad audiendum,

    Auct. Her. 1, 4, 6:

    est enim (lex) ratio mensque sapientis, ad jubendum et ad deterrendum idonea,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 8:

    scientia opportunitatis idoneorum ad agendum temporum,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 142:

    ad captandos lacertos tempestates non sunt idoneae,

    id. Att. 2, 6, 1:

    consilia idonea ad hoc nostrum negotium,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 1 al.—
    (β).
    With qui, or a rel. adverb:

    video hercle ego te me arbitrari, Euclio, hominem idoneum, Quem senecta aetate ludos facias,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 74; cf. Ter. And. 3, 2, 12; 4, 4, 18:

    utrum ille (Pompeius) idoneus non est, qui impetret, etc.,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    tibi fortasse idoneus fuit nemo, quem imitarere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 16, § 41:

    idonea mihi Laelii persona visa est, quae de amicitia dissereret,

    id. Lael. 1, 4:

    et rem idoneam, de qua quaeratur, et homines dignos, quibuscum disseratur, putant,

    id. Ac. 2, 6, 18:

    nequeo mearum rerum initium ullum invenire idoneum, Unde exordiar narrare, quae, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 1.—
    (γ).
    With dat.:

    erit alius (discipulus) historiae magis idoneus,

    Quint. 2, 8, 7; 12, 10, 49:

    idoneus arti Cuilibet,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 8:

    non sat idoneus Pugnae ferebaris,

    id. C. 2, 19, 26:

    vixi puellis nuper idoneus,

    id. ib. 3, 26, 1:

    cum idoneos rhetori pueros putaverunt,

    Quint. 2, 3, 1:

    Falernum mihi semper idoneum visum est deversorio,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 19, 1:

    castris idoneum locum deligit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 10, 2; 7, 35, 4:

    ad cibos viribus conservandis idoneos redeunt,

    Quint. 2, 10, 6:

    (volunt poëtae) simul et jucunda et idonea dicere vitae,

    Hor. A. P. 334: metuensque futuri In pace, ut sapiens, aptarit idonea bello, id. S. 2, 2, 111:

    ut patriae sit idoneus,

    serviceable, Juv. 14, 71.—With dat. gerundi (post-Aug.):

    Julius, qui perferendis militum mandatis habebatur idoneus,

    Tac. A. 1, 23 fin.
    (δ).
    Absol.:

    cujus (Cethegi) eloquentiae est auctor, et idoneus quidem mea sententia, Q. Ennius, etc.,

    a proper, sufficient voucher, Cic. Brut. 15, 57:

    auctor,

    Quint. 1, 4, 20; 2, 4, 42:

    qui si adductus gratia minus idoneum hominem praemio affecisset, etc.,

    i. e. deserving, worthy, Cic. Balb. 3, 7; cf. id. Off. 2, 15, 54:

    idoneus suae rei quisque defensor,

    Quint. 4, 1, 46:

    imperator,

    id. 12, 3, 5:

    juvenis,

    id. 10, 5, 21: debitor, safe, able to pay (opp. inops), Dig. 4, 4, 27 fin.; so,

    tutor,

    ib. 26, 1, 9; 27, 8, 1:

    homines,

    ib. 35, 2, 88; cf. Sen. Ben. 4, 39:

    servi conscii, tempus idoneum, locus opportune captus ad eam rem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 24, 68:

    tempora,

    Quint. 12, 11, 18; cf.:

    lex promulgata idoneo die,

    id. 2, 4, 35:

    minus idoneis (verbis) uti,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 34, 154; cf.:

    aptum atque idoneum verbum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 144:

    vox actoris,

    id. 12, 7, 1:

    lectio,

    id. ib. 8 praef. §

    28: cautio,

    Dig. 40, 4, 50:

    paries,

    safe, sound, ib. 39, 2, 36:

    navis,

    ib. 19, 2, 13:

    pignora,

    sufficient, satisfactory, ib. 22, 1, 33.— Comp. (post-class.):

    si persona idoneior accedat ad emptionem,

    Dig. 18, 2, 4, § 6; cf. ib. 47, 23, 2; 43, 29, 3; 50, 6, 5 fin.; Tert. adv. Herm. 18; Anim. 18 (al. idonior or idoneor). — Subst.:

    in deligendis idoneis judicium et diligentiam adhibere,

    Cic. Off. 2, 18, 62:

    cum idoneis collocutus,

    Liv. 34, 25, 7:

    nullo idoneo respondente,

    Suet. Ner. 44; Quint. 7, 4, 39:

    novum illud exemplum a dignis et idoneis ad indignos et non idoneos transfertur,

    Sall. C. 51, 27:

    per idoneos et secreti ejus socios,

    Tac. A. 2, 39:

    apud idonea provinciarum,

    i. e. at proper stations, id. ib. 4, 5.—
    (ε).
    With in and acc.:

    infirmi et in nullam spem idonei,

    Sen. Contr. 5, 33:

    componere materias in hoc idoneas, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 6, 3, 15.—
    * (ζ).
    With abl. (like dignus):

    res idoneas dignitate suā judicare,

    Auct. Her. 3, 3, 5.—
    (η).
    With inf. ( poet. and postclass.):

    fons etiam rivo dare nomen idoneus,

    i. e. large enough, Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 12:

    si torrere jecur quaeris idoneum,

    id. C. 4, 1, 12:

    accendi idonea,

    Sen. N. Q. 1, 15, 1.— Comp.:

    idoneor (late Lat.),

    Dig. 18, 2, 4, § 6; 47, 23, 2; Tert. adv. Herm. 18; id. de Anim. 18.—Hence, adv.: ĭdōnĕē, fitly, suitably, properly, duly, sufficiently (very rare):

    exordium est oratio animum auditoris idonee comparans ad reliquam dictionem,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 15, 20:

    ergo cavendum est idonee. Quid est idonee? Satisdato utique aut pignoribus datis,

    enough, Dig. 40, 5, 4:

    cavere,

    ib. 5, 3, 41; 27, 8, 1:

    magis idonee reficere parietem,

    more safely, solidly, ib. 39, 2, 41.— Comp.:

    idonius,

    Tert. Pall. 3 med.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > idoneus

  • 39 invidendus

    1.
    in-vĭdĕo, vīdi, vīsum, 2, v. a.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., i. q. baskainein (fascinare), to look askance at, to look maliciously or spitefully at, to cast an evil eye upon (only anteclass.).—With acc.: ut est in Menalippo: quisnam florem liberūm invidit meūm? Male Latine videtur; sed praeclare Attius; ut enim videre, sic invidere florem rectius, quam flori. Nos consuetudine prohibemur;

    poëta jus suum tenuit et dixit audacius,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 9, 20.— Absol.:

    ne quis malus invidere possit,

    produce misfortune by his evil eye, Cat. 5, 12 sq. —
    B.
    Trop., to be prejudiced against one, to be influenced by prejudice:

    semper dignitatis iniquus judex est, qui aut invidet aut favet,

    Cic. Planc. 3, 7; cf.:

    cui nisi invidisset is, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 2.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    (I. q. phthonein tini tinos.) To envy or grudge one any thing.
    (α).
    With dat. of the person or thing exciting the feeling:

    malim mihi inimicos invidere quam inimicis me meis,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 30:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 52, 209; id. Ac. 2, 2, 7:

    probus invidet nemini,

    id. Univ. 3:

    bonis,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    invidet ipsa sibi,

    Ov. F. 2, 591:

    Troasin,

    id. H. 13, 137.— Pass. impers.:

    sibi ne invideatur,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 15:

    illi, quibus invidetur,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 32:

    invidia dicitur... etiam in eo cui invidetur,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 7, 16:

    si is cui invidetur, et invidet,

    Sen. Ep. 84, 11. — Of the thing:

    eorum commodis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 149:

    honori,

    Verg. A. 5, 541; Cic. Agr. 2 fin.:

    virtuti,

    id. Balb. 6, 15; id. de Or. 2, 51, 208:

    virtuti vestrae,

    Sall. C. 58, 21:

    omnia tunc quibus invideas si lividulus sis,

    Juv. 11, 110.—
    (β).
    Alicui in aliqua re:

    in qua (purpura) tibi invideo, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 29, 70:

    in hoc Crasso,

    id. de Or. 2, 56, 228.—
    (γ).
    Alicui with gen. of the thing ( poet.):

    neque ille Sepositi ciceris nec longae invidit avenae,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 84.—
    (δ).
    Alicui aliqua re:

    non inviderunt laude sua mulieribus viri Romani,

    Liv. 2, 40, 11:

    nobis voluptate,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 2; so with abl. alone:

    ne hostes quidem sepulturā invident,

    Tac. A. 1, 22; id. Germ. 33:

    nec invidebo vobis hac arte,

    Sen. Q. N. 4 praef. §

    7: qua (ratione) nulli mortalium invideo,

    id. de Vit. Beat. 24, 6; cf.:

    si anticum sermonem nostro comparemus, paene jam quidquid loquimur figura est, ut hac re invidere, non ut omnes veteres et Cicero praecipue, hanc rem,

    Quint. 9, 3, 11. —
    (ε).
    With ob: ob secundas res malorum hominum, Sen. de Ira, 1, 16, 5. —
    (ζ).
    Absol.:

    qui invident, eorum, etc.,

    of envious men, Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 149; Cic. Tusc. 4, 8, 17:

    qui invidet minor est,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 17, 4; Cic. Brut. 50, 188:

    non equidem invideo,

    Verg. E. 1, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 1; id. P. 1, 8, 8:

    invidit Clytie,

    id. M. 4, 234.—
    (η).
    Alicui aliquid (mostly post-class.; not in Cic.; cf.

    Krebs, Antibarb. p. 624 sq.): fama fuit Monuni Dardanorum principis filiam pacto fratri eum invidisse,

    Liv. 44, 30, 4 Weissenb.:

    sibi laudem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 21:

    nobis caeli te regia, Caesar, invidet,

    Verg. G. 1, 504:

    mihi senectus invidet imperium,

    id. A. 8, 509; cf.:

    Liber pampineas invidit collibus umbras,

    i. e. deprives of, id. E. 7, 58 Forbig. ad loc.; cf. D. infra; Ov. F. 4, 86:

    homini misero medicinam,

    Petr. 129:

    sibi voluptatem,

    Spart. Hadr. 20 init.; Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 1. —
    (θ).
    Alicui with object-clause:

    invidere alii bene esse, tibi male esse, miseriast,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 31:

    nullus est cui non invideant rem secundam optingere,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 14.—
    (ι).
    Aliquid alone, to envy the possession of, envy one on account of:

    oro vos id mihi dare quod multi invideant, plures concupiscant,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 2:

    nam quis invideat mala,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 36; cf.: haec qui gaudent, gaudeant perpetuo suo bono;

    qui invident, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 49. — Pass.: ego cur, acquirere pauca Si possum, invideor? (for cur mihi invidetur) am I envied? Hor. A. P. 56.— Impers.:

    invidetur enim commodis hominum ipsorum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 51:

    non dixi invidiam, quae tum est, cum invidetur,

    id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20.— Hence, P. a., invĭdendus, a, um, enviable:

    aula,

    Hor. C. 2, 10, 7:

    postis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 45; Sen. Const. Sap. 13, 3. —
    B.
    To be loath, be unwilling; with a foll. inf. ( poet.):

    invidens deduci triumpho,

    Hor. C. 1, 37, 30. —With abl.: invidere igne rogi miseris, to grudge, i. e. not grant a burning and burial, Luc. 7, 798.—With inf.:

    his te quoque jungere, Caesar, Invideo,

    am not willing, Luc. 2, 550.—
    C.
    To emulate, aspire to rival:

    Caesar et se illius gloriae invidere, et illum suae invidisse dixit,

    Val. Max. 5, 1, 10.—
    D.
    To hinder, prevent; to refuse, deny:

    plurima, quae invideant pure apparere tibi rem,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 100:

    invidisse deos, ut Conjugium optatum viderem,

    Verg. A. 11, 269; cf.:

    tene invidit fortuna mihi, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 43:

    Cereri totum natura concessit, oleum ac vinum non invidit tautum,

    Plin. 15, 2, 3, § 8:

    nobis invidit inutile ferrum,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 59: nec famam invidit Apollo, Sil. 4, 400.—With dat. and abl.:

    tibi laude, nobis voluptate,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 2.— With abl. alone:

    ne hostes quidem sepulturā invident,

    Tac. A. 1, 22:

    exemplo,

    id. ib. 15, 63:

    spectaculo proelii,

    id. G. 33:

    bona morte,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 20, 8.—Hence,
    1.
    invĭdens, entis, P. a., envious:

    nocere invidenti,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 8, 17; Hor. C. 1, 37, 30; Vell. 2, 73, 1:

    sive apud cupidos sive apud invidentes dicendum habuerit orator,

    Tac. Dial. 31 med.
    2.
    invīsus, a, um, P. a.
    a.
    Hated, hateful, detested (class.).
    (α).
    Of persons, animals, etc.:

    persona lutulenta, impura, invisa,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    Cato,

    id. Dom. 25, 65:

    suspectos alios invisosque efficere,

    Liv. 41, 24, 18:

    me invisum meo patri esse intellego,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 79:

    invisos nos esse illos,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 48:

    deo,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    caelestibus,

    Verg. A. 1, 387:

    divis,

    id. ib. 2, 647:

    Minervae,

    id. G. 4, 246; Ov. Am. 2, 6, 34:

    dominae deae,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 18:

    infamem invisumque plebei Claudium facere,

    Liv. 27, 20, 11:

    ne invisi apud incolas forent, caverunt,

    Just. 36, 2, 15; Quint. 3, 7, 19; 5, 13, 38:

    (Helena) abdiderat sese atque aris invisa sedebat,

    Verg. A. 2, 574 Forbig. ed. 4 ad loc.; cf.:

    Tyndaridis facies invisa,

    id. ib. 2, 601. — Comp.:

    quo quis versutior et callidior est, hoc invisior et suspectior,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9.— Sup.:

    ipsi invisissimus fuerat,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 20.—
    (β).
    Of inanim. and abstr. things:

    cupressus,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 23:

    negotia,

    id. Ep. 1, 14, 17:

    dis inmortalibus oratio nostra,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 16, 47:

    regna dis invisa,

    Verg. A. 8, 245:

    Troja jacet Danais invisa puellis,

    Ov. H. 1, 3:

    improbitas judici,

    Quint. 6, 4, 15:

    potestatem invisam facere,

    Liv. 3, 9, 10:

    nomen Romanum ad aliquem,

    id. 24, 32, 2:

    omnia invisa efficere,

    id. 42, 42, 5:

    lux,

    Verg. A. 4, 631:

    facies,

    id. ib. 9, 734:

    vita,

    id. ib. 11, 177:

    lumina,

    id. ib. 12, 62:

    aurum,

    Prop. 3, 5, 3:

    locus,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 64:

    liberalitas,

    Curt. 8, 8, 9:

    Macedonum nomen,

    id. 10, 1, 4.—
    b.
    In act. sense = inimicus, hostile, malicious (rare and poet.):

    invisum quem tu tibi fingis,

    Verg. A. 11, 364; cf.:

    quae tanta licentia ferri, Gentibus invisis Latium praebere cruorem,

    Luc. 1, 9:

    invisa belli consulibus fugiens mandat decreta senatus,

    id. 1, 488.
    2.
    in-vĭdĕo, false reading for non vidit, App. Mag. p. 391 Oud.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > invidendus

  • 40 invideo

    1.
    in-vĭdĕo, vīdi, vīsum, 2, v. a.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., i. q. baskainein (fascinare), to look askance at, to look maliciously or spitefully at, to cast an evil eye upon (only anteclass.).—With acc.: ut est in Menalippo: quisnam florem liberūm invidit meūm? Male Latine videtur; sed praeclare Attius; ut enim videre, sic invidere florem rectius, quam flori. Nos consuetudine prohibemur;

    poëta jus suum tenuit et dixit audacius,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 9, 20.— Absol.:

    ne quis malus invidere possit,

    produce misfortune by his evil eye, Cat. 5, 12 sq. —
    B.
    Trop., to be prejudiced against one, to be influenced by prejudice:

    semper dignitatis iniquus judex est, qui aut invidet aut favet,

    Cic. Planc. 3, 7; cf.:

    cui nisi invidisset is, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 2.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    (I. q. phthonein tini tinos.) To envy or grudge one any thing.
    (α).
    With dat. of the person or thing exciting the feeling:

    malim mihi inimicos invidere quam inimicis me meis,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 30:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 52, 209; id. Ac. 2, 2, 7:

    probus invidet nemini,

    id. Univ. 3:

    bonis,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    invidet ipsa sibi,

    Ov. F. 2, 591:

    Troasin,

    id. H. 13, 137.— Pass. impers.:

    sibi ne invideatur,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 15:

    illi, quibus invidetur,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 32:

    invidia dicitur... etiam in eo cui invidetur,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 7, 16:

    si is cui invidetur, et invidet,

    Sen. Ep. 84, 11. — Of the thing:

    eorum commodis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 149:

    honori,

    Verg. A. 5, 541; Cic. Agr. 2 fin.:

    virtuti,

    id. Balb. 6, 15; id. de Or. 2, 51, 208:

    virtuti vestrae,

    Sall. C. 58, 21:

    omnia tunc quibus invideas si lividulus sis,

    Juv. 11, 110.—
    (β).
    Alicui in aliqua re:

    in qua (purpura) tibi invideo, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 29, 70:

    in hoc Crasso,

    id. de Or. 2, 56, 228.—
    (γ).
    Alicui with gen. of the thing ( poet.):

    neque ille Sepositi ciceris nec longae invidit avenae,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 84.—
    (δ).
    Alicui aliqua re:

    non inviderunt laude sua mulieribus viri Romani,

    Liv. 2, 40, 11:

    nobis voluptate,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 2; so with abl. alone:

    ne hostes quidem sepulturā invident,

    Tac. A. 1, 22; id. Germ. 33:

    nec invidebo vobis hac arte,

    Sen. Q. N. 4 praef. §

    7: qua (ratione) nulli mortalium invideo,

    id. de Vit. Beat. 24, 6; cf.:

    si anticum sermonem nostro comparemus, paene jam quidquid loquimur figura est, ut hac re invidere, non ut omnes veteres et Cicero praecipue, hanc rem,

    Quint. 9, 3, 11. —
    (ε).
    With ob: ob secundas res malorum hominum, Sen. de Ira, 1, 16, 5. —
    (ζ).
    Absol.:

    qui invident, eorum, etc.,

    of envious men, Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 149; Cic. Tusc. 4, 8, 17:

    qui invidet minor est,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 17, 4; Cic. Brut. 50, 188:

    non equidem invideo,

    Verg. E. 1, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 1; id. P. 1, 8, 8:

    invidit Clytie,

    id. M. 4, 234.—
    (η).
    Alicui aliquid (mostly post-class.; not in Cic.; cf.

    Krebs, Antibarb. p. 624 sq.): fama fuit Monuni Dardanorum principis filiam pacto fratri eum invidisse,

    Liv. 44, 30, 4 Weissenb.:

    sibi laudem,

    Curt. 9, 4, 21:

    nobis caeli te regia, Caesar, invidet,

    Verg. G. 1, 504:

    mihi senectus invidet imperium,

    id. A. 8, 509; cf.:

    Liber pampineas invidit collibus umbras,

    i. e. deprives of, id. E. 7, 58 Forbig. ad loc.; cf. D. infra; Ov. F. 4, 86:

    homini misero medicinam,

    Petr. 129:

    sibi voluptatem,

    Spart. Hadr. 20 init.; Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 1. —
    (θ).
    Alicui with object-clause:

    invidere alii bene esse, tibi male esse, miseriast,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 31:

    nullus est cui non invideant rem secundam optingere,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 14.—
    (ι).
    Aliquid alone, to envy the possession of, envy one on account of:

    oro vos id mihi dare quod multi invideant, plures concupiscant,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 2:

    nam quis invideat mala,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 36; cf.: haec qui gaudent, gaudeant perpetuo suo bono;

    qui invident, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 49. — Pass.: ego cur, acquirere pauca Si possum, invideor? (for cur mihi invidetur) am I envied? Hor. A. P. 56.— Impers.:

    invidetur enim commodis hominum ipsorum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 51:

    non dixi invidiam, quae tum est, cum invidetur,

    id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20.— Hence, P. a., invĭdendus, a, um, enviable:

    aula,

    Hor. C. 2, 10, 7:

    postis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 45; Sen. Const. Sap. 13, 3. —
    B.
    To be loath, be unwilling; with a foll. inf. ( poet.):

    invidens deduci triumpho,

    Hor. C. 1, 37, 30. —With abl.: invidere igne rogi miseris, to grudge, i. e. not grant a burning and burial, Luc. 7, 798.—With inf.:

    his te quoque jungere, Caesar, Invideo,

    am not willing, Luc. 2, 550.—
    C.
    To emulate, aspire to rival:

    Caesar et se illius gloriae invidere, et illum suae invidisse dixit,

    Val. Max. 5, 1, 10.—
    D.
    To hinder, prevent; to refuse, deny:

    plurima, quae invideant pure apparere tibi rem,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 100:

    invidisse deos, ut Conjugium optatum viderem,

    Verg. A. 11, 269; cf.:

    tene invidit fortuna mihi, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 43:

    Cereri totum natura concessit, oleum ac vinum non invidit tautum,

    Plin. 15, 2, 3, § 8:

    nobis invidit inutile ferrum,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 59: nec famam invidit Apollo, Sil. 4, 400.—With dat. and abl.:

    tibi laude, nobis voluptate,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 2.— With abl. alone:

    ne hostes quidem sepulturā invident,

    Tac. A. 1, 22:

    exemplo,

    id. ib. 15, 63:

    spectaculo proelii,

    id. G. 33:

    bona morte,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 20, 8.—Hence,
    1.
    invĭdens, entis, P. a., envious:

    nocere invidenti,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 8, 17; Hor. C. 1, 37, 30; Vell. 2, 73, 1:

    sive apud cupidos sive apud invidentes dicendum habuerit orator,

    Tac. Dial. 31 med.
    2.
    invīsus, a, um, P. a.
    a.
    Hated, hateful, detested (class.).
    (α).
    Of persons, animals, etc.:

    persona lutulenta, impura, invisa,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    Cato,

    id. Dom. 25, 65:

    suspectos alios invisosque efficere,

    Liv. 41, 24, 18:

    me invisum meo patri esse intellego,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 79:

    invisos nos esse illos,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 48:

    deo,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    caelestibus,

    Verg. A. 1, 387:

    divis,

    id. ib. 2, 647:

    Minervae,

    id. G. 4, 246; Ov. Am. 2, 6, 34:

    dominae deae,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 18:

    infamem invisumque plebei Claudium facere,

    Liv. 27, 20, 11:

    ne invisi apud incolas forent, caverunt,

    Just. 36, 2, 15; Quint. 3, 7, 19; 5, 13, 38:

    (Helena) abdiderat sese atque aris invisa sedebat,

    Verg. A. 2, 574 Forbig. ed. 4 ad loc.; cf.:

    Tyndaridis facies invisa,

    id. ib. 2, 601. — Comp.:

    quo quis versutior et callidior est, hoc invisior et suspectior,

    Cic. Off. 2, 9.— Sup.:

    ipsi invisissimus fuerat,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 20.—
    (β).
    Of inanim. and abstr. things:

    cupressus,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 23:

    negotia,

    id. Ep. 1, 14, 17:

    dis inmortalibus oratio nostra,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 16, 47:

    regna dis invisa,

    Verg. A. 8, 245:

    Troja jacet Danais invisa puellis,

    Ov. H. 1, 3:

    improbitas judici,

    Quint. 6, 4, 15:

    potestatem invisam facere,

    Liv. 3, 9, 10:

    nomen Romanum ad aliquem,

    id. 24, 32, 2:

    omnia invisa efficere,

    id. 42, 42, 5:

    lux,

    Verg. A. 4, 631:

    facies,

    id. ib. 9, 734:

    vita,

    id. ib. 11, 177:

    lumina,

    id. ib. 12, 62:

    aurum,

    Prop. 3, 5, 3:

    locus,

    Ov. P. 2, 8, 64:

    liberalitas,

    Curt. 8, 8, 9:

    Macedonum nomen,

    id. 10, 1, 4.—
    b.
    In act. sense = inimicus, hostile, malicious (rare and poet.):

    invisum quem tu tibi fingis,

    Verg. A. 11, 364; cf.:

    quae tanta licentia ferri, Gentibus invisis Latium praebere cruorem,

    Luc. 1, 9:

    invisa belli consulibus fugiens mandat decreta senatus,

    id. 1, 488.
    2.
    in-vĭdĕo, false reading for non vidit, App. Mag. p. 391 Oud.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > invideo

См. также в других словарях:

  • REM-Phase — REM Pha|se die; , n Abk. für engl. rapid eye movements »schnelle Augenbewegungen« u. zu ↑Phase> während des Schlafs [mehrmals] auftretende Traumphase, die an den schnellen Augenbewegungen des Schläfers erkennbar ist (Med., Psychol.) …   Das große Fremdwörterbuch

  • Rem. — Remedium EN remedy (med.) …   Abkürzungen und Akronyme in der deutschsprachigen Presse Gebrauchtwagen

  • rem — [[t]rɛm[/t]] n. med phs the quantity of ionizing radiation whose biological effect is equal to that produced by one roentgen of x rays • Etymology: 1945–50; r(oentgen) e(quivalent in) m(an) …   From formal English to slang

  • Cont. rem. vel, med. — continuentur remedia, vel medicamenta, !et the remedies be continued …  

  • abortif — abortif, ive [ abɔrtif, iv ] adj. • 1752; XIVe « avorté »; lat. abortivus « qui fait avorter » ♦ Didact. 1 ♦ Qui fait avorter. Remède abortif. La pilule abortive (ou pilule du lendemain). Subst. Un abortif. 2 ♦ Se dit d une maladie, d un symptôme …   Encyclopédie Universelle

  • Slingback — Sko med rem om hælen …   Danske encyklopædi

  • slingback — sling|back sb., en, s, ene (damesko med rem om hælen), i sms. slingback , fx slingbacksko …   Dansk ordbog

  • remedy — rem•e•dy [[t]ˈrɛm ɪ di[/t]] n. pl. dies, 1) med something, as a medicine, that cures or relieves a disease or bodily disorder 2) something that corrects or removes an evil, error, or undesirable condition 3) law legal redress; the legal means of… …   From formal English to slang

  • CTL-Zellen — REM Aufnahme eines Lymphozyten T Lymphozyten oder kurz T Zellen (T für Thymus abhängig) sind eine für die Immunabwehr wichtige Gruppe von Blutzellen. Sie gehören zu den weißen Blutkörperchen (Leukozyten) und sind neben den B Lymphozyten an der… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • T-Helfer-Zelle — REM Aufnahme eines Lymphozyten T Lymphozyten oder kurz T Zellen (T für Thymus abhängig) sind eine für die Immunabwehr wichtige Gruppe von Blutzellen. Sie gehören zu den weißen Blutkörperchen (Leukozyten) und sind neben den B Lymphozyten an der… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • T-Lymphocyt — REM Aufnahme eines Lymphozyten T Lymphozyten oder kurz T Zellen (T für Thymus abhängig) sind eine für die Immunabwehr wichtige Gruppe von Blutzellen. Sie gehören zu den weißen Blutkörperchen (Leukozyten) und sind neben den B Lymphozyten an der… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»